17.05.2016 Views

Optimization of the company's cash flow

This book is about the company's treasuries and financial management, more specifically; it shows how a company can manage its treasury in an efficient and short way.

This book is about the company's treasuries and financial management, more specifically; it shows how a company can manage its treasury in an efficient and short way.

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Page 1 <strong>of</strong> 124


Page 2 <strong>of</strong> 124


The <strong>Optimization</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Cash-Treasury for<br />

Didaou Fatima-zahra<br />

To cite this version:<br />

Didaou Fatima-Zahra, <strong>Optimization</strong> <strong>of</strong> Cash-Treasury– Accounting and Financial Management<br />

Université Hassan II – ENCG de Casablanca, 2016. English. <br />

ENCG is a National Moroccan school that teaches<br />

all sciences that are related to <strong>the</strong> economic and financial<br />

area <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> world. Its main objective for <strong>the</strong> 5 th year<br />

students is to validate a certain number <strong>of</strong> researches<br />

related to <strong>the</strong> projects that <strong>the</strong> students <strong>of</strong> this year<br />

execute as a final study project. This project might be<br />

found at <strong>the</strong> ENCG’s archive or o<strong>the</strong>r personal sources.<br />

The elaboration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> project was based on <strong>the</strong><br />

environment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company and <strong>the</strong> academic studies.<br />

The project is elaborated in collaboration with <strong>the</strong> Dr.<br />

GASSEI Karim teacher specialized in management and<br />

guiding researches at <strong>the</strong> ENCG School.<br />

Page 3 <strong>of</strong> 124


UNIVERSITY HASSAN II<br />

Student <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> National School <strong>of</strong> Commerce and Management<br />

Financial Management and Accounting<br />

OPTIMIZATION<br />

OF CASH-<br />

TREASURY<br />

FOR<br />

RESEARCH FOR THE FINAL STUDY PROJECT<br />

PRESENTED IN PUBLIC BY<br />

DIDAOU Fatima-Zahra<br />

June 2016<br />

Jury:<br />

Mr. GASSEMI Karim:<br />

A full pr<strong>of</strong>essor joining <strong>the</strong> university in 2007, where he served as pr<strong>of</strong>essor <strong>of</strong> Management and Corporate Strategy.<br />

Dr. Gassemi Hold a PhD Degree from Pan<strong>the</strong>on Assas University and an MBA from Laval University. The recipient <strong>of</strong><br />

numerous pr<strong>of</strong>essional awards, Gassemi has published dozens <strong>of</strong> articles. He is also <strong>the</strong> coauthor <strong>of</strong> book,<br />

"Understanding <strong>the</strong> use and development <strong>of</strong> e-government platform in developing countries”. Dr. Gassemi’s recent<br />

research focuses on Cross Cultural Management, Corporate Strategy and <strong>the</strong> Networking Performance. Dr. Gassemi<br />

worked in <strong>the</strong> private sector as a consultant and PMO (Project Manager Officer). He conducts and deliver many<br />

studies.<br />

Mr.<br />

Page 4 <strong>of</strong> 124


FOREWORD<br />

Nor obtaining <strong>the</strong> diploma or <strong>the</strong> validation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> semester, <strong>the</strong> real success <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> student is in <strong>the</strong> added<br />

value that it reports to its academic program and to <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional field, <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

Nor <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> significant liquidity, nor a positive working capital fund while affecting <strong>the</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, guarantee its safety.<br />

The optimal <strong>cash</strong> management shows that contrary to common opinion, <strong>the</strong> objective <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability does<br />

not preclude <strong>the</strong> objective <strong>of</strong> liquidity.<br />

Eventually, <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> funds applied is <strong>the</strong> guarantee <strong>of</strong> solvency. In <strong>the</strong> short period, <strong>the</strong> research<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> minimum assets leads to reconcile <strong>the</strong> constraints <strong>of</strong> safety and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

Cash policy is based on <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm’s financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm in all its<br />

aspects.<br />

Page 5 <strong>of</strong> 124


Ecole Nationale de Commerce et de Gestion de Casablanca<br />

Beau site, B.P 2725 Ain Sebaâ, Casablanca - Maroc Tél : (+212) 5 22<br />

66 08 52 Fax : (+212) 5 22 66 01 43<br />

© ENCGC - 2016<br />

Distributeur téléphonique exclusif du troisième opérateur national<br />

IWACO – SARL : 5.000.000 DH<br />

Lotissement LINA n°328 Sidi Maârouf – CASABLANCA<br />

05 29 029 444 / 06 46 111 202<br />

Page 6 <strong>of</strong> 124


Page 7 <strong>of</strong> 124


Fatima-Zahra DIDAOU, student <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> National School <strong>of</strong> Commerce and<br />

Management, specialized in <strong>the</strong> Financial and Accounting Management. Studied in<br />

<strong>the</strong> Khadija Oum al Mouminine High School, where I got my baccalaureate in <strong>the</strong><br />

Economic Science Management, and <strong>the</strong>n integrated <strong>the</strong> HASSAN II University<br />

where I’ve studied for two years <strong>the</strong> Economy and Management and achieved <strong>the</strong><br />

D.E.U.G Diplomat to attend after that <strong>the</strong> National School <strong>of</strong> Commerce and<br />

Management known as ENCG for master in finance.<br />

Member <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ENCATUS Club (SIFE earlier) and AGORA for great debators, and<br />

realized a certain number <strong>of</strong> researches in <strong>the</strong> Management and Finance <strong>of</strong><br />

Enterprises. I’ve attended <strong>the</strong> T-MAN HOLDING as an intern to study <strong>the</strong> financial<br />

management inside <strong>the</strong> group and inside <strong>the</strong> IWACO Company in a period <strong>of</strong> 5<br />

months and 19 days starting from January.<br />

Hoping that this project will be fruitful for all readers, it was destined to <strong>the</strong> students <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> National School <strong>of</strong><br />

Commerce and Management to give <strong>the</strong>m a closer look to what a company’s Cash managing means, how it’s done<br />

and by whom. Also, to give <strong>the</strong> students a closer look to <strong>the</strong> real financial part <strong>of</strong> companies and mostly <strong>the</strong> important<br />

side.<br />

Bonne Lecture<br />

Page 8 <strong>of</strong> 124


This project research is dedicated to my parents<br />

For <strong>the</strong>ir endless love, support and encouragement<br />

To DIDAOU Abdelaziz, my fa<strong>the</strong>r<br />

To CHOKRI Zoubida, my mo<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

Page 9 <strong>of</strong> 124


ACKOWLEDGMENT<br />

»<br />

First and foremost, I have to thank my parents for <strong>the</strong>ir love and support throughout my life. Thank<br />

you both for giving me strength to reach for <strong>the</strong> stars and chase my dreams. My sister, bro<strong>the</strong>rs,<br />

and cousin Mohammed Chokri, deserve my wholehearted thanks as well.<br />

I would like to sincerely thank my supervisor in <strong>the</strong> company Mr FENJIRO Issam (Financial<br />

Director and Administrator), for his teaching, guidance and support throughout this study, and<br />

especially for his confidence in me. I would also like to thank Dr. GASSEMI Karim (my guru,<br />

academic supervisor, and teacher) for showing me <strong>the</strong> right path to make true this project,<br />

especially for following each step <strong>of</strong> making this project true and correcting my methodology <strong>of</strong><br />

working. His and Mr. FENJIRO’s comments and questions were very beneficial in my completion<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manuscript and especially at <strong>the</strong> interview time. I learned from <strong>the</strong>ir insight a lot. To my<br />

supervisor Mrs. ALAOUI Amal, I was grateful for <strong>the</strong> discussion and interpretation <strong>of</strong> some results<br />

presented in this research. Also, I would like to thank my guru, Mrs. GHAZALI Mbarka, I express<br />

my heartfelt gratefulness for her guide and support that I believed I learned from <strong>the</strong> best. Thanks<br />

to Mr. EL MANAR Mohammed for being helpful through <strong>the</strong> internship, thanks to Mr. BENNANI<br />

Fahd for allowing me to have <strong>the</strong> freedom inside <strong>the</strong> company to express my needs <strong>of</strong> asking<br />

questions and applying my knowledge.<br />

To all my friends and classmates, to Youssef Zineddine (Ex laureate <strong>of</strong> ENCG Finance, and risk<br />

manager at <strong>the</strong> COFACE company), thank you all for your understanding and encouragement in<br />

my many, many moments <strong>of</strong> crisis. Your friendship makes my life a wonderful experience. I cannot<br />

list all <strong>the</strong> names here, but you are always on my mind.<br />

Thank you, ALLAH, for always being <strong>the</strong>re for me, nothing <strong>of</strong> this would’ve been accomplished<br />

without your guidance and help.<br />

This research in only a beginning <strong>of</strong> my journey.<br />

Finally, I would like to leave <strong>the</strong> remaining space in memory <strong>of</strong> my uncle Mehdi CHOUKRI, a<br />

brilliant scholar, economic and fa<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

Page 10 <strong>of</strong> 124


LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATION<br />

• BMCI: Banque Marocaine pour le Commerce et l’Industrie:<br />

Moroccan Bank for Commerce and Industry<br />

• BMCE : Banque Marocaine pour le Commerce Extérieur :<br />

Moroccan Bank for Foreign Commerce<br />

• AWB : Attijari Wafa Bank<br />

• ST : Short Term<br />

• LT : Long Term<br />

• D.O.O: Date Of Operation<br />

• D.O.V: Date Of Value<br />

• T. : Turnover<br />

• F.C: Financial Costs<br />

• Q.I.S: Quarterly Interest Scale<br />

• T.T.C: Toute Taxe Comprise: All taxes are included<br />

• H.T.: Hors Taxes : Excluded Taxes<br />

• R.O.I: Return On Equity<br />

• D-C: Death-Center<br />

• SIT: Seasonal Index <strong>of</strong> Turnover<br />

• SIP: Seasonal Index <strong>of</strong> Purchases<br />

• W.C.F: Working Capital Fund<br />

Page 11 <strong>of</strong> 124


LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES<br />

Table n°1: Assessments and Liabilities<br />

Table n°2: Company’s Balance Position<br />

Table n°3: Working capital’s needs in <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> calculations in H.T (Excluded Taxes)<br />

Table n°4: Documents analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s and funds<br />

Table n°5: Composition <strong>of</strong> funds<br />

Table n°6: The in<strong>flow</strong>s charges structure<br />

Table n°7: Classification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Funds applied and received<br />

Table n°8: Treasury Plan<br />

Table n°9: In<strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> IWACO during <strong>the</strong> 2014-2015<br />

Table n°10: Bank account movements on <strong>the</strong> D.O.O<br />

Table n°11: Bank account on <strong>the</strong> D.O.V<br />

Table n°12: Funding’s Distribution<br />

Table n°13: Structure <strong>of</strong> receipts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm<br />

Table n°14: Monthly sales and SIT and monthly purchases SIP<br />

Table n°15: Impact <strong>of</strong> seasonality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover on <strong>the</strong> Balance “Clients”<br />

Table n°16: Impact <strong>of</strong> Seasonality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> acts on <strong>the</strong> Balance “Providers”<br />

Table n°17: Charges in <strong>the</strong> index <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stock balance<br />

Table n°18: Monthly forecast evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimal circulating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> year 2016<br />

Table n°19: Simulated treasury’s <strong>cash</strong> plan 2016<br />

Table n°20: Company’s financial costs with <strong>the</strong> BU2<br />

Table n°21: Simulated sales <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> merchandises for BU2<br />

Table n°22: Simulated purchases merchandises for BU2 and <strong>the</strong> financial Gain <strong>of</strong> supplier’s payment<br />

Table n°23: Cash treasury’s balance <strong>of</strong> BU2<br />

Table n°24: Treasury’s balance for <strong>the</strong> BU2<br />

Page 12 <strong>of</strong> 124


Figure n°1: Determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimal capital compromises between solvency and pr<strong>of</strong>itability<br />

Figure n°2: Research’s Path Model<br />

Figure n°3: Structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Company<br />

Figure n°4: Waco’s in<strong>flow</strong>s in <strong>the</strong> BMCI account in <strong>the</strong> 2015<br />

Figure n°5: Iwaco’s in<strong>flow</strong>s in <strong>the</strong> AWB account in <strong>the</strong> 2015<br />

Figure n°6: Quarterly interest rate showing <strong>the</strong> bank account movements<br />

Figure n°7: Estimated in<strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury 2015<br />

Figure n°8: Variation <strong>of</strong> Idle costs over periods<br />

Figure n°9: Opportunity and overdraft’s Costs presentation<br />

Figure n°10: Area <strong>of</strong> concentration<br />

Figure n°11: Death-Center Turnover<br />

Figure n°12: Death-Center <strong>of</strong> Gocom<br />

Figure n°13: Death Center <strong>of</strong> IWACO<br />

Figure n°14: Seasonality variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital<br />

Figure n°15: IWACO’s daily balance 2016 simulated<br />

Figure n°16: Daily Balance <strong>of</strong> BU2<br />

Figure n°17: Daily Balance <strong>of</strong> IWACO and BU2<br />

Figure n°18: Treasury’s issue after BU1 and BU2 merged.<br />

Page 13 <strong>of</strong> 124


LIST OF ANNEXES<br />

ANNEXE n°1: Figure n°2 (Model <strong>of</strong> Research)<br />

ANNEXE n°2: Figure n°3 (Structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Company°<br />

Page 14 <strong>of</strong> 124


TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

Foreword ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5<br />

Author ............................................................................................................................................................................. 8<br />

AKNOWLEDGMENTS ...................................................................................................................................................... 9<br />

LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABREVIATIONS .................................................................................................................... 11<br />

LLISTS OF TABLES AND FIGURES .................................................................................................................................. 12<br />

LIST OF ANNEXES .......................................................................................................................................................... 14<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................................................... 15<br />

ABSTRACT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 19<br />

KEY WORDS .................................................................................................................................................................. 19<br />

GENERAL INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................ 20<br />

FIRST PART: THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK .................................................................................................................... 22<br />

CHAPTER 1: FINANCIAL EQUILIBRIUM OF THE FIRM AND CASH-TREASURY .............................................................. 23<br />

SECTION I: THE CONTROL OF THE FINANCIAL BALANCE ............................................................................................. 23<br />

I. The working capital fund, indicator <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial balance .................................................................... 23<br />

A. The working capital fund, tool <strong>of</strong> financing <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> requirements ........................................................... 23<br />

1. The determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital fund ..................................................................................... 23<br />

2. The working capital fund is <strong>the</strong> measure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> trade-<strong>of</strong>f between pr<strong>of</strong>itability and solvency ............ 24<br />

B. The working capital fund is not a good indicator <strong>of</strong> solvency .................................................................... 25<br />

1. The meaning <strong>of</strong> working capital fund is not a good indicator <strong>of</strong> solvency…................................................... 25<br />

2. The limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> meaning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital fund is drawn from statistical observation ........................ 26<br />

C. The contribution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> working capital need .......................................................................... 26<br />

1. The different conceptions <strong>of</strong> capital funds and expression <strong>of</strong> regulatory capital requirements .................... 26<br />

2. Calculation <strong>of</strong> working capital needs ............................................................................................................... 27<br />

II. Analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm by <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> ratios .................................................................... 32<br />

A. Ratios <strong>of</strong> financial security .................................................................................................................. 32<br />

1. The so called ‘Solvency”, or long term financial security ............................................................. 32<br />

2. The so called “Liquidity-Ratios” ................................................................................................... 35<br />

B. Limitation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> ratios in <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> financial security ....................................... 37<br />

1. The limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> descriptive value method <strong>of</strong> ratios ................................................................... 37<br />

2. The limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> explanatory value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> ratios ....................................................... 37<br />

3. The limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> normative value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> ratios .......................................................... 38<br />

4. Limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> predictive value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> ratios................................................................. 39<br />

Page 15 <strong>of</strong> 124


SECTION II: THE CONDITIONS OF FINANCIAL EQUILIBRIUM ....................................................................................... 39<br />

I. The prospective analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> variations <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>: The explanation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial balance ................. 40<br />

A. The <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> fund accounting ............................................................................................................... 40<br />

1. Historic Flows ............................................................................................................................... 40<br />

2. The <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> operations ................................................................................................................ 41<br />

B. Accounting <strong>flow</strong>s and Cash-Flow ........................................................................................................ 41<br />

1. The implicit assumptions <strong>of</strong> assimilation <strong>of</strong> accounting <strong>flow</strong>s to <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s .............................. 41<br />

2. The limits to <strong>the</strong> assimilation <strong>of</strong> accounting <strong>flow</strong>s to <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s................................................. 42<br />

C. The limits <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “Variations <strong>of</strong> Cash” .............................................................................. 43<br />

1. The array <strong>of</strong> variations <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is actually a static document ...................................................... 43<br />

2. The array <strong>of</strong> changes in Cash is syn<strong>the</strong>tic document ................................................................... 44<br />

3. Array <strong>of</strong> financing and <strong>cash</strong> balance ............................................................................................. 44<br />

3.1. The Method “Revenue – Expenses” ..................................................................................... 46<br />

3.1.1. The principle <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method ..................................................................................... 46<br />

3.1.2. Limitations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method ........................................................................................ 48<br />

3.2. Prediction method “Resources –Needs” .............................................................................. 49<br />

3.2.1. Presentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast in terms <strong>of</strong> “Resources and Needs” ........... 50<br />

3.2.2. Estimates <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s in terms <strong>of</strong> “Resources needs” .......................................... 51<br />

CHAPTER 2: MONETARY INFLOWS AND CASH-TREASURY .......................................................................................... 53<br />

SECTION I: MONETARY CASH OF THE FIRM ................................................................................................................. 53<br />

I. Preference for liquidity and inventory management ................................................................................ 53<br />

A. Ground for <strong>cash</strong>, and detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity ....................................................................................... 54<br />

1. The reasons for detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity .......................................................................................... 54<br />

2. The formalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> monetary stock ..................................................................................... 54<br />

3. The structure <strong>of</strong> Cash ................................................................................................................... 54<br />

B. The essential variables involved in <strong>the</strong> determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimal amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> ..................... 55<br />

1. The nature, behavior and volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s ................................................................... 55<br />

2. Transaction costs and revenues associated with <strong>the</strong> “Securities” .............................................. 55<br />

3. The duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> period <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s forecast ................................................................. 56<br />

4. Minimum critical balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> ................................................................................................. 56<br />

5. The chosen safety margin ............................................................................................................ 57<br />

C. Modelization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s monetary in<strong>flow</strong>s management ....................................................... 57<br />

1. The concept <strong>of</strong> “Cash Reserve” rethink ........................................................................................ 58<br />

1.1. The failures <strong>of</strong> analysis to prove <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> reserves inside IWACO’s treasury ........... 58<br />

1.2. Dsynchronization <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> and liquidity detention ......................................................... 59<br />

1.3. The assumption <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unexpected and <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity ....................................... 60<br />

2. The treasury-<strong>cash</strong> funding using <strong>the</strong> stock management ............................................................ 61<br />

2.1. The “Transfer Policy” as an equilibrium tool <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-treasury: Transfer inert-agencies ....... 61<br />

2.2. The assumption <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> homogeneous nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds ................................................... 62<br />

CHAPTER 3: METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY ............................................................................................................... 64<br />

I. Presentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> study .......................................................................................................................... 64<br />

II. Data collection tools .................................................................................................................................. 67<br />

Page 16 <strong>of</strong> 124


SECOND PART: THE PRACTICE OF THE CASH TREASURY OPTIMIZATION INSIDE IWACO’S COMPANY ..................... 69<br />

CHAPTER 4: GENERAL PRESENTATION OF THE COMPANY IWACO ............................................................................ 70<br />

I. Internal environment ................................................................................................................................ 70<br />

A. Organizational structure ..................................................................................................................... 70<br />

B. Organization and functions ................................................................................................................. 72<br />

II. External environment ................................................................................................................................ 73<br />

A. Company’s operating field .................................................................................................................. 73<br />

1. Market .......................................................................................................................................... 73<br />

2. Supplier: WANNA Corporate ........................................................................................................ 74<br />

3. Client ............................................................................................................................................. 74<br />

B. Dynamical competition ....................................................................................................................... 75<br />

CHAPTER 5: THE MINIMIZATION OF THE VOLUME OF MONETARY ASSETS .............................................................. 76<br />

SECTION I: INFLOWS GLOBAL MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................ 76<br />

I. The control <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> and cost savings ................................................................................................. 76<br />

A. Formalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Idle <strong>cash</strong> ............................................................................................................. 76<br />

1. The lack <strong>of</strong> blank balances ............................................................................................................ 76<br />

2. The fear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> debit balances ...................................................................................................... 78<br />

3. The importance <strong>of</strong> unused funds and its consequences .............................................................. 78<br />

B. The unnecessary costs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> idle funds ............................................................................................. 80<br />

1. The structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> money .............................................................................................. 80<br />

2. Scales <strong>of</strong> interest quarterly........................................................................................................... 80<br />

3. The assessments <strong>of</strong> costs in <strong>the</strong> traditional <strong>cash</strong>-management .................................................. 84<br />

3.1. The analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> bank .................................................................................. 87<br />

3.1.1. Expressed as a percentage <strong>of</strong> banking conditions: Rates ......................................... 87<br />

3.2. The costs <strong>of</strong> banking services ................................................................................................. 88<br />

3.2.1. Offer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company to <strong>the</strong> bankers ....................................................................... 88<br />

3.2.2. Operating account measures <strong>the</strong> company’s <strong>of</strong>fer to its bankers............................ 89<br />

SECTION II: CASH FLOW FORECASTING ....................................................................................................................... 90<br />

I. Analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Cash <strong>flow</strong>s ......................................................................................................................... 90<br />

A. Treasury-data collection system ......................................................................................................... 90<br />

B. Knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements ...................................................... 92<br />

1. The structure <strong>of</strong> receipts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm ............................................................................................ 92<br />

2. The structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> disbursement <strong>of</strong> IWACO .............................................................................. 93<br />

C. The reduction <strong>of</strong> uncertainty in certain movements <strong>of</strong> funds ............................................................ 93<br />

1. Sensitivity analysis ........................................................................................................................ 94<br />

2. The streamlining <strong>of</strong> procedures for billing and recovering .......................................................... 95<br />

3. The centralization <strong>of</strong> liquidity management ................................................................................ 97<br />

II. The reasoned slowdown <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> settlement <strong>of</strong> debts ................................................................................ 97<br />

A. The rational establishment <strong>of</strong> due dates ............................................................................................ 97<br />

B. The choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> payment instruments ............................................................................................. 98<br />

Page 17 <strong>of</strong> 124


CHAPTER 6: TREASURY AND FINANCIAL POLICY OF THE FIRM ................................................................................... 98<br />

SECTION I: THE CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY’S LIQUIDITY .................................................................................... 98<br />

I. The management <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> .................................................................................................................. 98<br />

A. Control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> formalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s ......................................................................................... 98<br />

1. The conditions <strong>of</strong> formalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s ............................................................................. 98<br />

2. The effects <strong>of</strong> investment on <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s.............................................................................. 101<br />

B. Investment <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s .................................................................................................................. 104<br />

1. Cash-treasury and investment policies, BU1 and BU2 ............................................................... 104<br />

2. Definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> BU2 .................................................................................................................. 108<br />

SECTION 2: EVALUATION OF FINANCIAL SITUATION OF THE FIRM .......................................................................... 108<br />

A. Arbitration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial position <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> ............................................................................................ 108<br />

1. Creation <strong>of</strong> a new treasury: BU2’s treasury ............................................................................................ 111<br />

2. Evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm after BU2 integration .................................................. 113<br />

3. The merging <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two treasuries; BU1 and BU2 ................................................................................... 115<br />

B. Consequences <strong>of</strong> merging <strong>the</strong> two treasuries; BU1 and BU2 ........................................................................ 115<br />

1. Effect <strong>of</strong> synergy ...................................................................................................................................... 115<br />

2. Global treasury’s issue: <strong>Optimization</strong> ...................................................................................................... 116<br />

3. Impacts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> merging ........................................................................................................................... 117<br />

C. Recommendations ......................................................................................................................................... 117<br />

CONCLUSION .............................................................................................................................................................. 119<br />

BIBLIOGRAPHY ............................................................................................................................................................ 122<br />

Page 18 <strong>of</strong> 124


ABSTRACT<br />

Inside a world full <strong>of</strong> banking institutions, corporation, investments, brokers, dealers, providers…in a world where<br />

everybody’s looking for making pr<strong>of</strong>it, conflicts takes part and impact negatively <strong>the</strong> waiting results. Each one’s trying<br />

harder to make his own part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cake bigger than <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r, making struggles for o<strong>the</strong>rs and taking advantage <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> minimum <strong>of</strong> opportunities, some <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>m realize that <strong>the</strong> main objective <strong>of</strong> all this isn’t necessarily following where<br />

<strong>the</strong> opportunity shows or where <strong>the</strong> gain is more pr<strong>of</strong>itable, but more; where <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s can stay on <strong>the</strong> market for <strong>the</strong><br />

longest period.<br />

The main objective <strong>of</strong> this project research is to eventually prove <strong>the</strong> point that pr<strong>of</strong>it can be made by a company’s<br />

own money and still can resist <strong>the</strong> biggest crisis. Here, <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> this research is to show that <strong>the</strong> company can be<br />

delegated to manage its inside <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s or as called in this book “Treasury” in a simple operation called “<strong>Optimization</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Cash-Treasury”.<br />

KEY WORDS<br />

Treasury, Cash-treasury, In<strong>flow</strong>s, Out<strong>flow</strong>s, Liabilities, Assets, Turnover, Investment, Risk, <strong>Optimization</strong>, Arbitration,<br />

Minimization, Maximization, Fund, Working Capital Fund, Ratio, Solvency, Liquidity, Forecast, Flows, Balance,<br />

Securities, Value, Prediction, Variation, Resource, Needs, Estimation, Stock, Volume, Reserve, Transfer, Equilibrium,<br />

Supplier, Provider, Interest, Funds, Savings, Cost, Idle <strong>cash</strong>, Bank, Rates, Structure, Services, Due date, Value date,<br />

Slowdown, Debts, Loans, Credit, Debit, Cash.<br />

Page 19 <strong>of</strong> 124


The treasury <strong>of</strong> a company can be analyzed as <strong>the</strong> global materials and resources that <strong>the</strong> company has in front <strong>of</strong> all<br />

kind <strong>of</strong> contracted engagements. The main situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s <strong>of</strong>ten related to <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> liquidity that<br />

<strong>the</strong> company acquires by <strong>the</strong> time, and that’s what expresses <strong>the</strong> term <strong>of</strong> “The Solvency” defined as <strong>the</strong> ability <strong>of</strong> an<br />

economic agent to confront his debts and loans with <strong>the</strong> exact payment conditions at <strong>the</strong> due date. The optimal<br />

management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury is based on forecasting, controlling, and handling correctly <strong>the</strong> dimensions and dates <strong>of</strong><br />

liabilities and those <strong>of</strong> spontaneous availabilities as a result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s functioning system and to procure at<br />

<strong>the</strong> same time <strong>the</strong> optimal duration <strong>of</strong> costs and complementary availabilities that are needed. In o<strong>the</strong>r meaning, <strong>the</strong><br />

mean objective <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury if to make available <strong>the</strong> liquidity that <strong>the</strong> company needs at <strong>the</strong> exact time with <strong>the</strong><br />

minimum <strong>of</strong> costs.<br />

The control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover’s liquidity is <strong>the</strong> main objective <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “Treasury’s Policy” or “Policy <strong>of</strong> Cash”, which makes<br />

<strong>the</strong> goal <strong>of</strong> this research that I’ve worked on inside <strong>the</strong> IWACO’s company; to define <strong>the</strong> content <strong>of</strong> such a policy and<br />

how it works. For that, it’s required that we determine <strong>the</strong> methodological approach <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> problem before<br />

describing <strong>the</strong> means and tools <strong>of</strong> actions and <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> implementation to achieve optimum management.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> finance traditions, managing <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>of</strong> a firm boils down to <strong>the</strong> two following activities:<br />

Check <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Cash<br />

Maintain <strong>the</strong> creditworthiness (Solvency)<br />

The <strong>cash</strong> level is monitored from <strong>the</strong> study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> accounting Balance. “The Receipts” and “Treasury” refer to <strong>the</strong><br />

same reality. Cash is analyzed as a result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> activity. In o<strong>the</strong>r words, <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> a business at a given time<br />

is <strong>the</strong> difference, at this date, between:<br />

Its working capital which is <strong>the</strong> part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> permanent capitals not absorbed by <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> securities<br />

and real estates and <strong>the</strong>refore available to finance <strong>the</strong> requirements related to <strong>the</strong> operating cycle.<br />

And its needs in working capital (FDR) which is linked to <strong>the</strong> operating cycle.<br />

On a specified date, when <strong>the</strong> working capital (FDR) is greater than <strong>the</strong> working capital needs; <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> or <strong>the</strong><br />

Cash Treasury is positive. On <strong>the</strong> contrary, if <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund (WCP or FDR) is insufficient <strong>cash</strong>, <strong>the</strong> Treasury<br />

<strong>cash</strong> becomes negative. Maintaining solvency that assures <strong>the</strong> settlement <strong>of</strong> receivables results, meanwhile, from<br />

<strong>the</strong> financial decisions taken in <strong>the</strong> short term. This action Is divided into two components:<br />

First; <strong>the</strong> determination <strong>of</strong> a certain level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to jeep for reasons <strong>of</strong> transaction or suppliers’ payments,<br />

finance and speculation.<br />

Second; <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> best method <strong>of</strong> financing <strong>cash</strong> deficits that may appear.<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> solvency would be easily reached if <strong>the</strong> company could have a large <strong>cash</strong> liquidity position providing<br />

a wide margin <strong>of</strong> safety and a 0.05% gain from <strong>the</strong> suppliers. Yet, any detention <strong>of</strong> currency entails costs: pr<strong>of</strong>itability<br />

and solvency appear as two antagonistic terms.<br />

Every year, thousands <strong>of</strong> companies are facing <strong>cash</strong> difficulties. The phenomenon can affect not only small and<br />

medium-sized or even unpr<strong>of</strong>itable companies. Liquidities<br />

Each year thousands <strong>of</strong> companies are facing <strong>cash</strong> difficulties. The phenomenon can affect not only small and<br />

medium-sized or even unpr<strong>of</strong>itable companies. Liquidity difficulties grows with <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> modern economies.<br />

But we can also assume that <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management requires greater rigor on <strong>the</strong> practical level and a new approach<br />

at <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>oretical level. For a long time, in fact, <strong>the</strong> economic situation had made easier <strong>the</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> debts and<br />

repayment <strong>of</strong> loans by companies that had got into debt. However, since 20 years <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> problems are one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

bottlenecks <strong>of</strong> business activity. The number <strong>of</strong> those facing "wall <strong>of</strong> money" continues to increase. Four phenomena<br />

are in this respect to take into account.<br />

Firstly, even if currently <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> money is experiencing a net relaxation, gave first-order importance to<br />

<strong>the</strong> follow-up <strong>of</strong> two accounts “receivable and suppliers” it means inter-firm trade credit.<br />

Then, economic conditions, in particular consumption, following <strong>the</strong> oil shocks, unemployment,<br />

technological innovations and relocations, makes <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> turnover’s liquidity harder to master.<br />

Page 20 <strong>of</strong> 124


In addition, <strong>the</strong> monetary risk is always present: If inflation has no longer in recent years in our industrial<br />

economies a devastating effect, <strong>the</strong> exchange rate risk due to <strong>the</strong> floating <strong>of</strong> currencies remains a factor <strong>of</strong><br />

insecurity.<br />

Finally, <strong>the</strong> money market risks, including <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> rate have led to <strong>the</strong> development <strong>of</strong> protection<br />

techniques, real 'financial engineering' in <strong>the</strong> service <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> light <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se facts it is necessary to redefine <strong>the</strong> data and objectives <strong>of</strong> an optimal management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Treasury. The need <strong>of</strong> this reflection is tw<strong>of</strong>old:<br />

From a practical point <strong>of</strong> view we will analyze <strong>the</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> difficulties <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> when <strong>the</strong> company is pr<strong>of</strong>itable<br />

and growing. We will not discuss <strong>the</strong> financial consequences <strong>of</strong> a reduction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> activity whose cause is<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r a general economic crisis, or a weakening <strong>of</strong> demand for <strong>the</strong> product. In <strong>the</strong> first case, it’s a situation largely<br />

exceeding <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong> problems. In <strong>the</strong> second case, it is to find ano<strong>the</strong>r market or to disappear. Genuinely, companies<br />

that are "sick <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir own <strong>cash</strong>" are generally expanding and with an important short term debt. Even when <strong>the</strong><br />

economic situation is positive, such companies have deadline problems that can become very serious.<br />

A <strong>cash</strong> crisis revealed weaknesses in <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, because any act <strong>of</strong> management translates to<br />

inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> liquidity. We show that any <strong>cash</strong> crisis relates to one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following two cases:<br />

Short-term <strong>cash</strong> crises, on one hand, caused by <strong>the</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> synchronization between <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong> and out<strong>flow</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> funds <strong>flow</strong>s;<br />

The structural crises <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, resulting from <strong>the</strong> absence <strong>of</strong> concordance between <strong>the</strong><br />

overall stability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funding and <strong>the</strong> overall period <strong>of</strong> recovery <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds.<br />

Cash management is <strong>the</strong>refore widely beyond <strong>the</strong> short-term. It is an economic study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financing needs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company and is located in <strong>the</strong> hinge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial problems and operating problems. Cash Treasury is not <strong>the</strong><br />

balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>, but <strong>the</strong> syn<strong>the</strong>sis <strong>of</strong> all company policies. The <strong>cash</strong> management plays an essential role in <strong>the</strong><br />

life <strong>of</strong> companies.<br />

From a <strong>the</strong>oretical point <strong>of</strong> view, <strong>the</strong>n, we will highlight that optimal <strong>cash</strong> management through a systemic approach<br />

<strong>of</strong> financial management. Cash policy is conditioned by <strong>the</strong> basic financial choices:<br />

Choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> liabilities, or funding policy,<br />

Choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> assets, or investment policy.<br />

The optimum <strong>of</strong> management is defined by <strong>the</strong> close compatibility between liquidity and pr<strong>of</strong>itability. The short term<br />

solvency should not depend on <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> but on serious forecasts, on one hand, <strong>the</strong> behavior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

<strong>flow</strong> in <strong>the</strong> short term and even in <strong>the</strong> very short term, and, secondly, <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover’s structure which<br />

affects <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s. On <strong>the</strong> long term only high pr<strong>of</strong>itability ensures <strong>the</strong> company a volume <strong>of</strong> selffinancing<br />

compatible with a debt policy that provides <strong>the</strong> firm with new resources. Any investment causes <strong>the</strong><br />

immobilization <strong>of</strong> funds but its pr<strong>of</strong>itability should allow for restoration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm<br />

We will show that investment policy that generates <strong>the</strong> best overall liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company is <strong>the</strong> optimal and most<br />

cost-effective choice. Optimal <strong>cash</strong> management is a management that maximizes both liquidity and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

The management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasury, i.e. <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, revolves <strong>the</strong>refore around three actions:<br />

An economic action, whose purpose is to maintain <strong>the</strong> closest bank balance <strong>of</strong> zero by control <strong>of</strong> entry and<br />

<strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>;<br />

A structural action, whose purpose is to control <strong>the</strong> potential for <strong>the</strong> recovery <strong>of</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> assets <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company by <strong>the</strong> mastery <strong>of</strong> allocation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s, by a fair assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs for working capital<br />

and <strong>the</strong>ir adequate funding.<br />

A monetary action, by setting up a protection against <strong>the</strong> variation in <strong>the</strong> purchasing power <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> currency<br />

and money markets risk.<br />

Page 21 <strong>of</strong> 124


Part I: The Theoretical Framework<br />

Page 22 <strong>of</strong> 124


A good financial situation is characterized by <strong>the</strong> ability to maintain a level <strong>of</strong> liquidity sufficient for <strong>the</strong> turnover in<br />

order to ensure <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. It is <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> opposition between <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> assets and<br />

<strong>the</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> debt. That is why one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fundamental concerns <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial manager is <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

financial equilibrium <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. The Working Capital Fund and <strong>the</strong> ratios are <strong>the</strong> most commonly used balance<br />

measuring instruments. But controlling <strong>the</strong> financial balance through <strong>the</strong>se instruments remains insufficient to<br />

explain it. Also, should complete this first analysis by financial movements that led to <strong>the</strong> fund balance. This second<br />

analysis allows to enjoy <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position at a given time, to anticipate movements to come, and hence, have <strong>the</strong><br />

necessary information to where appropriate, take <strong>the</strong> necessary corrective actions.<br />

SECTION 1: THE CONTROL OF THE FINANCIAL BALANCE.<br />

The control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial balance is limited in general to <strong>the</strong> consideration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund and <strong>the</strong><br />

calculation <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> ratios.<br />

I - THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND, INDICATOR OF THE FINANCIAL BALANCE.<br />

All <strong>the</strong> instruments <strong>of</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> a firm, working capital is most <strong>of</strong>ten used by both <strong>the</strong><br />

executives <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company and its bankers. But this notion gives rise to a plurality <strong>of</strong> definitions whose vagueness is<br />

a frequent source <strong>of</strong> ambiguity and confusion. The Working Capital Fund is part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> permanent capital which<br />

finances <strong>the</strong> operating cycle. It expresses <strong>the</strong> "ability to <strong>cash</strong>" <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm and appears as <strong>the</strong> source <strong>of</strong> funding <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>cash</strong> requirements.<br />

A - THE FUND OF WORKING CAPITAL, TOOL OF FINANCING THE CASH REQUIREMENTS.<br />

According to <strong>the</strong> basic and traditional financial balance principle. The different values <strong>of</strong> assets must always be<br />

funded by capital remaining at <strong>the</strong> disposal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm for a time at least equal <strong>the</strong>ir life expectancy. Thus capital<br />

constituting by definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> long term jobs should not be financed by short-term loans might not be re-appointed<br />

or disappearing <strong>the</strong>mselves.<br />

However this balance is fragile. Need to consolidate as a margin <strong>of</strong> safety: <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund.<br />

1 - THE DETERMINATION OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND.<br />

Working capital is calculated in two ways<br />

Permanent capital on net surplus assets;<br />

Current assets - short term (after allocation <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it) debts.<br />

1.1 - THE REFERENCE TO PERMANENT CAPITAL.<br />

The existence <strong>of</strong> a positive working capital means that a portion <strong>of</strong> current assets is supported by long term capital<br />

The requirements <strong>of</strong> bearings are <strong>the</strong> part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cyclical needs whose funding is not provided by cyclic resources but<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund, and, if <strong>the</strong> WCF is insufficient by short-term loans. The array <strong>of</strong> needs and resources<br />

can <strong>the</strong>n be written as follow in table n°1:<br />

Page 23 <strong>of</strong> 124


ASSETS<br />

Need in Working Capital Cash<br />

Cash Fund (surplus)<br />

LIABILITIES<br />

Working Capital Cash<br />

Cash Fund (deficit)<br />

It follows "<strong>the</strong> fundamental relationship <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>":<br />

CASH = WORKING CAPITAL - NEEDS IN WORKING CAPITAL FUND.<br />

The Working Capital Fund and <strong>the</strong> working capital needs are most <strong>of</strong>ten positive. It may be that one or <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r, or<br />

both, are negative. Negative working capital is a need that must be financed. Negative working capital needs<br />

compose resources for <strong>the</strong> company. If <strong>the</strong> financing needs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operation are greater than <strong>the</strong> Working Capital<br />

Fund, <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> is negative. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> fundamental relationship to write:<br />

1.2 - THE REFERENCE TO SHORT-TERM DEBT.<br />

WORKING CAPITAL = WORKING CAPITAL NEEDS +/- CASH<br />

The justification for <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund, as an indicator <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gap between current assets and short-term<br />

liabilities is based on <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>sis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> automatic liquidation <strong>of</strong> debts in <strong>the</strong> short term. According to this <strong>the</strong>sis, <strong>the</strong><br />

accumulated stocks to confront seasonal demands are fully funded by <strong>the</strong> short term loans. The use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se<br />

'temporary' stocks will cause <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> that become available for <strong>the</strong> reimbursement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se loans. The idea <strong>of</strong><br />

'automatic liquidation' has been extended to <strong>the</strong> whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surplus <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> values <strong>of</strong> working capital term debt. In<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r words, capital circulating 'temporary' would be funded by <strong>the</strong> immediate liabilities and <strong>the</strong> 'remaining'<br />

circulating capital through ongoing resources: The Working Capital Fund.<br />

The Working Capital Fund is <strong>the</strong>refore a margin <strong>of</strong> safety: it corresponds to <strong>the</strong> losses that can undergo a company<br />

unless it is required to sell a portion <strong>of</strong> its assets or borrowing. In <strong>the</strong> absence <strong>of</strong> this margin, <strong>the</strong> deflation <strong>of</strong> shortterm<br />

loans resulting from a cause, for example, <strong>of</strong> a momentary decrease in activity, plunges <strong>the</strong> company into a<br />

crisis <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> by putting in a State <strong>of</strong> cessation <strong>of</strong> payments.<br />

2 - THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND IS THE MEASURE OF THE TRADE-OFF BETWEEN PROFITABILITY AND SOLVENCY.<br />

The decrease in working capital leads to an increase in <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company but at <strong>the</strong> same time an<br />

increase in <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> insolvency and vice versa.<br />

2.1 - AN INCREASE OF PROFITABILITY.<br />

At an equal amount, loans in <strong>the</strong> medium and long term are generally more expensive than short-term loans. Indeed:<br />

On <strong>the</strong> one hand, interest paid on long-term loans are generally higher than those paid on short-term loans.<br />

On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, <strong>the</strong> rigidity <strong>of</strong> long-term borrowing makes <strong>the</strong>ir jobs more expensive than those in <strong>the</strong><br />

short term. In addition, <strong>the</strong> ratio "results / Capital" will be higher.<br />

2.2 - AN INCREASE OF THE RISK OF INSOLVENCY.<br />

The company increases its risk when it increases its short-term funding commitments in <strong>the</strong> long term. In <strong>the</strong> event<br />

<strong>of</strong> non-renewal <strong>of</strong> short-term loans, <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> its <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong> problems will be proportional to <strong>the</strong> share <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

short-term in its resources. The cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> insolvency can range from <strong>the</strong> high price <strong>of</strong> requested assistance<br />

<strong>of</strong> extreme urgency until <strong>the</strong> bankruptcy.<br />

B - THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND IS NOT A GOOD INDICATOR OF SOLVENCY.<br />

Page 24 <strong>of</strong> 124


Experience and observation prove that one cannot make no serious value judgment on <strong>the</strong> creditworthiness <strong>of</strong> a<br />

company to <strong>the</strong> only consideration <strong>of</strong> its working capital.<br />

1 - THE MEANING OF WORKING CAPITAL LIMITS FROM THE EXPERIENCE.<br />

Nor <strong>the</strong> volume or composition, nor <strong>the</strong> meaning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital fund variation indicate with certainty <strong>the</strong><br />

liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

1.1 - VOLUME OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND AND CASH.<br />

While a well-balanced financial structure, i.e. representing a positive working capital fund, is usually an index <strong>of</strong> good<br />

management, a presumption <strong>of</strong> difficulties arises from imbalance mixed with fixed assets greater than permanent<br />

resources. In fact, <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund largely depends on <strong>the</strong> way in which <strong>the</strong> assets is managed.<br />

Very fleshed out, it can mean that assets are not sufficiently renewed and capital assets are excessive, reflecting an<br />

underutilization <strong>of</strong> permanent capital. Conversely, <strong>the</strong> narrowness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund may sometimes<br />

explained by <strong>the</strong> very particular nature <strong>of</strong> certain business activity. The amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund is thus<br />

determined by <strong>the</strong> characteristics <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cycle <strong>of</strong> exploitation and management which strongly influence <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> working capital needs. As a general rule, over <strong>the</strong> duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating cycle is long, as <strong>the</strong>se needs are high<br />

and more fund bearing found in <strong>the</strong> balance sheet must be important.<br />

A company with a high working capital is not necessarily an easy <strong>cash</strong> treasury if its working capital needs are most<br />

important. Conversely, a company with a low, or even negative working capital, is not necessarily a tight <strong>cash</strong><br />

treasury.<br />

1.2 - COMPOSITION OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND AND CASH.<br />

The banker is concerned to <strong>the</strong> relative proportion <strong>of</strong> equity and terms <strong>of</strong> debts. The vulnerability <strong>of</strong> a company<br />

grows with <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> its debt. More <strong>the</strong> firm is indebted more abilities <strong>of</strong> additional debt are limited, ceteris<br />

paribus. This is why calculating its own capital is recommended. The Working Capital Fund is equal to <strong>the</strong> difference<br />

between equity and net fixed assets and indicates <strong>the</strong> degree <strong>of</strong> financial independence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. But a positive<br />

own Working Capital Fund may also imply that <strong>the</strong> firm is unable to finance its operating using only borrowed<br />

resources cycle, and <strong>the</strong>refore has a more restricted room for maneuver to finance its investment cycle.<br />

To finance its investments a company cannot and must not rely only on itself. It would judge favorably companies<br />

that invest little and unfavorably dynamic companies. However, if <strong>the</strong> bankers more <strong>of</strong>ten advise <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> mediumterm<br />

and long-term financing, <strong>the</strong>y recommend in order to preserve <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, a certain balance<br />

in <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund.<br />

A unanimously accepted empirical rule specifies that foreign long-term capital should not exceed balance sheet <strong>the</strong><br />

equity.<br />

1.3 - CHANGES IN WORKING CAPITAL AND CASH.<br />

One might be tempted to judge favorably a company whose capital increases and unfavorably <strong>the</strong> one that it<br />

decreases. However, working capital <strong>of</strong> a company may drop without that <strong>the</strong> situation it deteriorates. This may<br />

simply mean that <strong>the</strong> company has invested without external assistance through its bloated <strong>cash</strong>. Conversely, <strong>the</strong><br />

swelling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund may reflect <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong>. Therefore to analyze <strong>the</strong> underlying<br />

factors <strong>of</strong> such movements to interpret wisely.<br />

2 - THE LIMITS TO THE MEANING OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND IS DRAWN FROM STATISTICAL OBSERVATION.<br />

Page 25 <strong>of</strong> 124


Statistical observation confirms <strong>the</strong> reduced scope <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> working capital as a criterion <strong>of</strong> solvency and<br />

more generally financial equilibrium <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

2.1 - THE LINK BETWEEN THE VALUE OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND AND THE SECTOR OF ACTIVITY PROVES TO<br />

BE FAIRLY LOOSE.<br />

This observation occurs both in <strong>the</strong> work <strong>of</strong> MADER than in those <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “Caisse Nationale des Marchés de l’Etat”.<br />

Certainly, <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund appears different on average from one sector to ano<strong>the</strong>r, but within a single<br />

industry <strong>the</strong> dispersion <strong>of</strong> values remains very strong (from 53% to 187%). Cannot <strong>the</strong>refore speak <strong>of</strong> a 'normal'<br />

working for a specific sector capital.<br />

2.2. THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND ALSO VARIES WITH THE SIZE OF THE COMPANY, VALUED BY THE TURNOVER.<br />

However it is impossible to identify a link between <strong>the</strong> growth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm and <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund. In any sector<br />

we notice regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, measured by turnover, a growth or a continuous decrease in working<br />

capital.<br />

The limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> working capital as an indicator <strong>of</strong> balance can be understood as follows: working<br />

capital reveals <strong>the</strong> importance and <strong>the</strong> composition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stable financial tools that <strong>the</strong> company affected<br />

to finance <strong>the</strong> operating cycle.<br />

It is <strong>the</strong>refore clear that <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital <strong>of</strong> a company varies with its sector <strong>of</strong> activity and its sales<br />

business but also from one company to ano<strong>the</strong>r. The financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operation and growth is a matter <strong>of</strong> choice to<br />

each contractor.<br />

Face to comparable constraints (operating cycle, growth, markets, banking system, etc.) makers respond in a<br />

personal and original manner. Therefore, it cannot be said a priori by a simple calculation if such working capital is<br />

sufficient or not because needs vary according to turnover, <strong>the</strong> economic circumstances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> time, <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> activity, and in <strong>the</strong> same branch <strong>of</strong> activity according to <strong>the</strong> commercial policy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> leaders. The study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>cash</strong> <strong>of</strong> a firm <strong>the</strong>refore implies <strong>the</strong> joint study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital and working capital needs Fund<br />

C - THE CONTRIBUTION OF THE CONCEPT OF WORKING CAPITAL NEEDS.<br />

At <strong>the</strong> inadequacy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> notion <strong>of</strong> 'found' working capital in <strong>the</strong> balance sheet, financial analysts have sought to<br />

determine <strong>the</strong> "optimum" amount <strong>of</strong> permanent funds to <strong>the</strong> regular functioning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

1 - THE DIFFERENT CONCEPTIONS OF CAPITAL FUNDS AND EXPRESSION OF REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> designs demonstrates progress in <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> regulatory capital.<br />

1.1 – THE TOTAL WORKING CAPITAL, OR GROSS WORKING CAPITAL.<br />

It is <strong>the</strong> widest concept since it encompasses all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> current assets. From <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

firm, total working capital measures <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> resources requires <strong>the</strong> company to finance all <strong>of</strong> its operating<br />

expenses when it has no possibility <strong>of</strong> recourse to short-term credit. In addition, to ensure <strong>the</strong> finance <strong>of</strong> its<br />

operations <strong>the</strong> company has short-term capital that him are made by its customers (instalments), its suppliers,<br />

various and its bankers. In front <strong>of</strong> and <strong>the</strong> inadequacy <strong>of</strong> this conception <strong>of</strong> operating needs, it introduces <strong>the</strong><br />

concept <strong>of</strong> "exposure".<br />

1.2 - THE INVENTORY TOOL STOCK<br />

Page 26 <strong>of</strong> 124


Whereas part <strong>of</strong> stocks was practically incompressible and in fact was also indispensable to <strong>the</strong> company than its<br />

industrial assets, it came to argue that <strong>the</strong> working capital fund should be sufficient to finance this minimum stock<br />

called from "exposure" or “Inventory tool stock” or “Stock-Outil” in French. This note is based although partial.<br />

Indeed, <strong>the</strong>re is nothing limiting <strong>the</strong> analysis to only stocks; It is set in <strong>the</strong> same way a position 'customers-tool',<br />

'debtors divers tools or “Diverse Inventory Tool Stock”, etc. In o<strong>the</strong>r words, <strong>the</strong> working capital fund should cover a<br />

fraction, or even all, <strong>of</strong> circulating assets ei<strong>the</strong>r incompressible or permanent.<br />

1.3 - The Working Capital Funds<br />

Needs in working capital <strong>of</strong> a company represent working capital necessary for this company so that taking into<br />

account <strong>the</strong> needs and resources related to <strong>the</strong> operation, <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is not negative. The cycle <strong>of</strong> operating a business,<br />

in fact, generates both (stocks, credit-clients, etc.) needs and resources (credit-suppliers etc...). Comparing <strong>the</strong>se<br />

needs and resources, it determines <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds needed to ensure <strong>the</strong> proper functioning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

2 - Calculation <strong>of</strong> working capital needs.<br />

The proposed methods can be grouped into three categories:<br />

Ma<strong>the</strong>matical methods based on <strong>the</strong> optimization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> couple "security-pr<strong>of</strong>itability."<br />

Banking methods that use <strong>the</strong> balance sheet (Accounting);<br />

The methods <strong>of</strong> calculation from <strong>the</strong> operating account, or “methods <strong>of</strong> Accountants” or “Expert-Accounting<br />

Methods”<br />

2.1 - Ma<strong>the</strong>matical calculation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund:<br />

This calculation can be approached in three ways:<br />

(a) The <strong>the</strong>oretical optimal working capital fund will be <strong>the</strong> one for which <strong>the</strong> marginal pr<strong>of</strong>itability and <strong>the</strong> marginal<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding insolvency risk will be equal. Thus, a reduction in working capital will result in:<br />

An increase in <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability obtained by overriding <strong>the</strong> short term to long term;<br />

And by an increase in <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> insolvency.<br />

In fact this calculation has only a very limited operational scope:<br />

First, it seems very difficult, if not impossible, to assign practice <strong>of</strong> subjective probabilities and <strong>the</strong> specific<br />

costs to <strong>the</strong> different possibilities <strong>of</strong> having <strong>cash</strong> difficulties.<br />

Then this method is that an indirect reference to <strong>the</strong> needs <strong>of</strong> operation (in <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> risk), <strong>the</strong>n<br />

<strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital fund depends on <strong>the</strong> importance and <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se needs;<br />

Finally, <strong>the</strong> substitution <strong>of</strong> loans long-term by a short term ones leads not necessarily an improvement in<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability: <strong>the</strong> real cost <strong>of</strong> short-term bank loans is closely dependent on <strong>the</strong>ir use (here again we must<br />

know <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs).<br />

(b) The <strong>the</strong>oretical optimal working capital fund depends on two contradictory costs: <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> debt, C1, and <strong>the</strong><br />

cost <strong>of</strong> additional short-term loans requested emergency, C2.<br />

The function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total cost <strong>of</strong> a certain level <strong>of</strong> working capital, C = C1 + C2 is represented by Figure 1 following:<br />

Page 27 <strong>of</strong> 124


Figure n°1: Determination <strong>of</strong> optimal capital compromise between solvency and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

The C function passes through a minimum when its derivative with respect to <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund is zero. This<br />

method <strong>of</strong> calculation is thus similar to <strong>the</strong> previous. The same criticism can be formulated in its regard.<br />

(c) Optimize <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund.<br />

This approach is original to <strong>the</strong> extent that it reverses <strong>the</strong> terms <strong>of</strong> problem (1). The selected objective is maximization<br />

<strong>of</strong> benefit based on a constraint, <strong>the</strong> Fund available bearing or '<strong>cash</strong> '. In <strong>the</strong>se circumstances, for example if <strong>the</strong><br />

production function is represented by:<br />

C = 20 + 5 (x)<br />

(Total cost = fixed costs + unit variable costs multiply by <strong>the</strong> quantity produced), and <strong>the</strong> available capital funds and<br />

150 maximum production will be:<br />

150 = 20 + 5(x)<br />

x = 26 units<br />

If it is assumed that <strong>the</strong> unit selling price is 10, and that <strong>the</strong> revenue (or turnover) function has <strong>the</strong> form:<br />

R = 10 (x)<br />

The maximum benefit allowed by <strong>the</strong> available working capital fund will be:<br />

P = R - C = 10 x - (20 + 5 x) or P = 110 (1)<br />

The marginal benefit will represent <strong>the</strong> maximum price that can pay <strong>the</strong> company for additional funds required for<br />

<strong>the</strong> production <strong>of</strong> one unit more.<br />

As can be seen, <strong>the</strong> interest <strong>of</strong> this model lies in its didactical value. It has <strong>the</strong> merit to describe <strong>the</strong> relationships<br />

between <strong>the</strong> operational needs and <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund. But it seems devoid <strong>of</strong> practical interest because <strong>the</strong><br />

simplifying assumptions on which it is based, as well as elsewhere, because <strong>the</strong> methodology adopted. We can take<br />

<strong>the</strong> same approach in <strong>the</strong> context <strong>of</strong> 'ma<strong>the</strong>matically' more complex situations:<br />

When functions are not linear (<strong>the</strong> cost equation becomes<br />

Page 28 <strong>of</strong> 124


C = ax² + bx + c<br />

When <strong>the</strong> demand and costs are uncertain (introduction <strong>of</strong> probability distributions relating to <strong>the</strong><br />

application and costs);<br />

When <strong>the</strong> firm decided to stockpile;<br />

When <strong>the</strong> firm produces two products, or more...<br />

This model, <strong>the</strong> same interests and <strong>the</strong> same limitations are attached only to <strong>the</strong> above. Operationally no decisive<br />

progress was actually performed.<br />

2.2- BANK METHOD OF CALCULATION OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FUND REQUIREMENT.<br />

Having outlined <strong>the</strong> principles <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method we show its limits.<br />

(a) THE PRINCIPLES OF THE METHOD.<br />

The value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs in working capital <strong>of</strong> a company on a fixed date is equal to <strong>the</strong> difference between <strong>the</strong> amount<br />

<strong>of</strong> its cyclical needs and its cyclic resources:<br />

Working capital needs = cyclical needs - cyclic resources<br />

The difficulty <strong>of</strong> calculating is, on <strong>the</strong> one hand, <strong>the</strong> distinction that must be between <strong>the</strong> posts at <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

balance sheet that are directly related to <strong>the</strong> operating cycle and those who are not, and, secondly, in various<br />

adjustments to made indispensable by <strong>the</strong> abnormal considered position value. Thus, a post from <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

balance sheet will be included in <strong>the</strong> calculation <strong>of</strong> working capital needs if it has <strong>the</strong> following characteristics:<br />

-It renews itself cyclically.<br />

-It is related to <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> business cycle;<br />

-It corresponds to a normal activity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

In light <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se remarks <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance sheet is as follows in table n°2:<br />

Table n°2: Company’s composition <strong>of</strong> balance<br />

NEEDS<br />

I. CYSLICAL NEEDS :<br />

II.<br />

RESSOURCES<br />

CYCLICAL Resources<br />

-Values <strong>of</strong> operating: normal stock.<br />

-Customers.<br />

-Notes receivable: part not available immediately<br />

(effects to more than 3 months).<br />

-Various and regularization accounts: claims related to<br />

<strong>the</strong> cycle manufacturing (payments tax, VAT to be<br />

recovered).<br />

-Suppliers and notes payable: share <strong>of</strong> debts to<br />

suppliers <strong>of</strong> materials and goods whose duration is<br />

normal.<br />

-Various and regularization accounts: part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cyclerelated<br />

debts<br />

- Manufacture-sale purchase (provision for tax on<br />

companies, VAT payable, payroll...) whose duration is<br />

normal.<br />

Page 29 <strong>of</strong> 124


III.<br />

Cash Needs<br />

IV.<br />

Resources <strong>cash</strong><br />

– Receivable: part available immediately.<br />

-Securities. -Values <strong>of</strong> operation: hand voluntarily<br />

surplus stock.<br />

-Various and regularization accounts: claims not related<br />

to <strong>the</strong> cycle manufacture-sale (advance to third parties).<br />

-Cash and banks.<br />

– Banks and funding agencies.<br />

- Notes payable: mobilized credits, suppliers <strong>of</strong> capital<br />

(share <strong>of</strong> debts <strong>of</strong> which <strong>the</strong> duration is abnormal).<br />

-Various and regularization accounts: share <strong>of</strong> debts<br />

related to <strong>the</strong> purchase, manufacture and sale cycle and<br />

whose duration is abnormal, and debts not related to<br />

this cycle (advances <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>rs...)<br />

b) LIMITATIONS OF THE METHOD.<br />

The calculation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs in working capital from <strong>the</strong> balance sheet accounts has three essential defects. This<br />

method does not allow to know <strong>the</strong> variations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs in working capital during <strong>the</strong> operating cycle. It gives <strong>the</strong><br />

date <strong>of</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance sheet <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs. In addition, it seems very difficult to split <strong>the</strong> value<br />

'normal' and 'abnormal' value <strong>of</strong> a balance sheet item. Finally, it is nei<strong>the</strong>r logical nor appropriate to make<br />

adjustments <strong>of</strong> accounts in such a calculation. At wanting to "file <strong>the</strong> abnormal" one loses sight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

operating cycle.<br />

Anyway even a mean value <strong>of</strong> working capital needs remains insufficient data to resolve <strong>the</strong> problem <strong>of</strong> liquidity;<br />

and, <strong>the</strong> following method is no exception to this last criticism.<br />

2.3- THE METHOD OF CALCULATION OF WORKING CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS, KNOWN AS 'METHODS OF<br />

ACCOUNTANTS'.<br />

This method evaluates <strong>the</strong> needs not in absolute terms but in number <strong>of</strong> days <strong>of</strong> sales.<br />

(a) PRINCIPLES OF THE PROCEDURE.<br />

All positions <strong>of</strong> assets and current liabilities are characterized by two variables:<br />

Time <strong>of</strong> rotation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> account (or "time to <strong>flow</strong>", noted TE), on <strong>the</strong> one hand,<br />

And its ratio <strong>of</strong> structure, i.e. his report to turnover (or "weighting factor", noted PO), on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand.<br />

Therefore, to assess <strong>the</strong> needs in working capital must be:<br />

Calculate <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> rotation <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> positions which constitute <strong>the</strong> values <strong>of</strong> bearing, TE;<br />

Calculate structure ratios in each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se positions, PO;<br />

Finally, express each item in days <strong>of</strong> sale, TE x PO.<br />

We calculate <strong>the</strong> timing <strong>flow</strong>s in days, by dividing <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> position considered on <strong>the</strong> balance sheet by <strong>the</strong><br />

daily average amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding operation <strong>flow</strong> (stocks and purchases, customers and sales, etc...). For<br />

example, suppose that <strong>the</strong> average stock for <strong>the</strong> exercise <strong>of</strong> such society amounted to 3000; its average daily<br />

purchases to be 100, and <strong>the</strong> average daily sales <strong>of</strong> 125; that finally <strong>the</strong> ' clients ' and 'suppliers' in <strong>the</strong> balance sheet<br />

amounted respectively to 6250 and 6000. Yields:<br />

Page 30 <strong>of</strong> 124


The “Stocks” <strong>flow</strong> time:<br />

Average Stock<br />

=<br />

3000<br />

Daily Purchase 100<br />

30<br />

Flow time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “Customers” position:<br />

Customers<br />

=<br />

6250<br />

Daily Sales 125<br />

Flow time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “Providers” position:<br />

=<br />

50<br />

Suppliers 6000<br />

Daily Purchase<br />

=<br />

100<br />

=<br />

60<br />

Weighting is <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding position from <strong>the</strong> operating account for 1 F <strong>of</strong> Sales H.T<br />

The Stocks position:<br />

The Customers position:<br />

Purchase<br />

=<br />

100<br />

= 0.80<br />

Sales H.T 125<br />

Sales T.T.C<br />

=<br />

150<br />

= 1.20<br />

Sales H.T 125<br />

The Suppliers Position:<br />

Sales T.T.C<br />

=<br />

120<br />

= 0.96<br />

Sales H.T 125<br />

The calculation table needs <strong>cash</strong> for working capital, expressed in days <strong>of</strong> turnover excluding taxes, will be as follows:<br />

Table n°3: Working Capital’s needs in <strong>cash</strong> calculated in H.T.<br />

POSTES<br />

T.E P.O Value <strong>of</strong> needs in <strong>the</strong> Working<br />

(days) (Coeff.) Capital<br />

Assets Liabilities<br />

Stocks 30 0.80 24<br />

Costumers 50 1.20 60<br />

Suppliers 60 0.96 57.6<br />

Total 24 57.6<br />

Final Balance 26.4<br />

The balance, 26.4 days, represents <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs in working<br />

capital expressed in number <strong>of</strong> days Sales H.T.<br />

Page 31 <strong>of</strong> 124


) LIMITATIONS OF THE METHOD.<br />

This method leads to significant results when using mean values for <strong>the</strong> year in question, and not <strong>the</strong> values from <strong>the</strong><br />

balance sheet. Indeed, does not represent that <strong>the</strong> particular situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> day <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance<br />

sheet, but in no case a<br />

Average. In o<strong>the</strong>r words, it would be risky and dangerous to interpret a result based on values extracted from <strong>the</strong><br />

balance sheet. But <strong>the</strong> main criticism that can be made is that this calculation assumes a perfectly regular activity<br />

over time. However, even without mentioning <strong>the</strong> firms <strong>the</strong> seasonal operation, all companies are experiencing<br />

fluctuating more or less pronounced, more or less regular cycle.<br />

Changes in sales and purchases have <strong>the</strong> effect to oscillate <strong>the</strong> working capital needs. Therefore, this method<br />

provides no knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> real needs for working capital. Therefore, it does not operate an<br />

efficient distribution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> views <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> solvency between bearing (or permanent resources for <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

operating cycle) and 'passive <strong>cash</strong>' (or short dull <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> resources).<br />

If real working capital <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company is equal to its average requirements, excesses <strong>cash</strong> at certain times,<br />

interspersed with shortcomings at o<strong>the</strong>r times <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> year occur. Even where <strong>the</strong>se fluctuations would be provided<br />

through a <strong>cash</strong> budget, it is unlikely that <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating cycle is optimum. Without perfect knowledge<br />

<strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>the</strong> needs during <strong>the</strong> operating cycle, this optimum we repeat, cannot be achieved. Funding cannot be<br />

considered, nor be found ignoring <strong>the</strong> nature and evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> particular need to which it relates; <strong>the</strong> actual cost<br />

will not be more in <strong>the</strong>se conditions, appreciated.<br />

II - ANALYSIS OF THE LIQUIDITY OF THE FIRM BY THE METHOD OF RATIOS.<br />

The ratios method provides a second category <strong>of</strong> instruments for measuring <strong>the</strong> financial balance.<br />

The <strong>cash</strong> <strong>of</strong> a firm, i.e. its security situation, depends on inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds from <strong>the</strong> transformation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

elements <strong>of</strong> assets and liabilities. The confrontation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> jobs and <strong>the</strong> chargeability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> resources is a<br />

series <strong>of</strong> indices for assessing <strong>the</strong> financial balance. However, <strong>the</strong> ratios method has a number <strong>of</strong> limitations that hold<br />

both its fundamental principles, and how to use it.<br />

A - RATIOS OF FINANCIAL SECURITY.<br />

Traditionally, <strong>the</strong>re are <strong>the</strong> ratios <strong>of</strong> long-term financial security, or ratios so-called "solvency" and <strong>the</strong> ratios <strong>of</strong><br />

financial security in <strong>the</strong> short term, or so-called "liquidity" ratios.<br />

1 - THE SO-CALLED RATIOS "SOLVENCY", OR LONG-TERM FINANCIAL SECURITY.<br />

Solvency is here understood as <strong>the</strong> ability <strong>of</strong> a company to pay its debts in <strong>the</strong> medium and long term.<br />

From this point <strong>of</strong> view, a company is solvent if its assets are greater than its debt; in o<strong>the</strong>r words, if it’s net position<br />

is positive. Although very general and does not allow to give a measure <strong>of</strong> immediate capacity <strong>of</strong> regulation, this<br />

definition is useful for identifying <strong>the</strong> degree <strong>of</strong> third parties including Bankers Trust, to <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

In this regard, it uses three types <strong>of</strong> ratios: working capital ratios, ratios <strong>of</strong> financial autonomy and <strong>the</strong> General<br />

solvency ratio.<br />

1.1 - WORKING CAPITAL RATIOS.<br />

They are numerous and complement each o<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

Ratio:<br />

CURRENT ASSETS / SHORT TERM DEBTS<br />

Page 32 <strong>of</strong> 124


It indicates to what extent <strong>the</strong> realizable assets within one year cover debt maturing in one year at <strong>the</strong> most. Greater<br />

than 1, it reveals <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> net working capital. It is <strong>the</strong>refore an indicator <strong>of</strong> safety.<br />

It is <strong>of</strong>ten supplemented by <strong>the</strong> following ratio:<br />

Ratio: NET WORKING CAPITAL - CURRENT ASSETS<br />

Which shows <strong>the</strong> share <strong>of</strong> common needs financed from <strong>the</strong> resources <strong>of</strong> a certain nature <strong>of</strong> stability. Its complement<br />

to 1 evaluates <strong>the</strong> external resources (suppliers, State, bankers, etc.). The company will in principle solvent until<br />

losses, or sustainable asset, risks to which working capital assets do not reach <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ratio.<br />

These two ratios are interpreted in <strong>the</strong> same way as <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund. A low value can mean <strong>the</strong> approach<br />

to serious <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong> problems, unless <strong>the</strong> company benefits as is <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> trading Affairs, lengthy delays on <strong>the</strong><br />

part <strong>of</strong> suppliers compared to inventories and receivables with rapid rotation. Conversely, a too high ratio when <strong>the</strong><br />

operating cycle does not, perhaps index too large or poorly employed stable resource base which weigh on <strong>the</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> business.<br />

A third ratio with a meaning close to <strong>the</strong> above must be cited. He compares <strong>the</strong> net funds to stocks:<br />

FUND NET WORKING CAPITAL / STOCKS<br />

Depending on whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> net funds more or less covers stocks, <strong>the</strong> enterprise funds more or less feasible and<br />

available values using its short-term debts. Some bankers use <strong>the</strong> following rating: 100% fine 66 50% pretty much<br />

mediocre 33% dangerous 0% situation <strong>of</strong> liquidity.<br />

In this regard, it uses three types <strong>of</strong> ratios: working capital ratios, ratios <strong>of</strong> financial autonomy and <strong>the</strong> General<br />

solvency ratio.<br />

1.2 - WORKING CAPITAL RATIOS.<br />

They are numerous and complement each o<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

Ratio:<br />

CURRENT ASSETS / SHORT TERM DEBTS<br />

It indicates to what extent <strong>the</strong> realizable assets within one year cover debt maturing in one year at <strong>the</strong> most. Greater<br />

than 1, it reveals <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> net working capital. It is <strong>the</strong>refore an indicator <strong>of</strong> safety. It is <strong>of</strong>ten supplemented<br />

by <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

NET WORKING CAPITAL / ASSETS CIRCULATING<br />

Which shows <strong>the</strong> share <strong>of</strong> common needs financed from <strong>the</strong> resources <strong>of</strong> a certain nature <strong>of</strong> stability. Its complement<br />

to 1 evaluates <strong>the</strong> external resources (suppliers, State, bankers, etc.).<br />

The company will in principle solvent until losses, or sustainable asset, risks to which working capital assets do not<br />

reach <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ratio.<br />

These two ratios are interpreted in <strong>the</strong> same way as <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund. A low value can mean <strong>the</strong> approach<br />

to serious <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong> problems, unless <strong>the</strong> company benefits as is <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> trading Affairs, lengthy delays on <strong>the</strong><br />

part <strong>of</strong> providers compared to inventories and receivables with rapid rotation. Conversely, a too high ratio when <strong>the</strong><br />

operating cycle does not, perhaps index too large or poorly employed stable resource base which weigh on <strong>the</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> business.<br />

A third ratio with a meaning close to <strong>the</strong> one above must be cited. It compares <strong>the</strong> net funds to stocks:<br />

Page 33 <strong>of</strong> 124


FUND NET WORKING CAPITAL / STOCKS<br />

Depending on whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> net funds more or less covers stocks, <strong>the</strong> enterprise funds more or less feasible and<br />

available values using its short-term debts. Some bankers use <strong>the</strong> following rating:<br />

- 100% fine<br />

- 66 50% pretty much mediocre<br />

- 33% dangerous<br />

- 0% winding-up situation<br />

The Ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Financial Autonomy:<br />

The objective is to find to what extent <strong>the</strong> company is dependent on its creditors. The structure <strong>of</strong> liabilities and <strong>the</strong><br />

importance <strong>of</strong> self-sufficiency are good indicators <strong>of</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

Debt, said, must balance risk and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

The Ratio:<br />

EQUITY / LIABILITIES<br />

Commonly referred to as 'financial autonomy ratio' is even better that it is higher. The lack <strong>of</strong> equity is <strong>of</strong>ten <strong>the</strong><br />

source <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> for <strong>the</strong> company. Bankers require traditionally as:<br />

EQUITY / CAPITAL<br />

It is not, in principle, less than 50%. Indeed, at <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> this threshold, <strong>the</strong>y consider <strong>the</strong> company as vulnerable<br />

as too dependent on third parties. On <strong>the</strong> contrary, a high value indicates <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> a potential debt.<br />

Sometimes used to express <strong>the</strong> same idea, <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

To 1 below, <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm is compromised.<br />

EQUITY - DEBT TO MEDIUM AND LONG TERM<br />

But it is not enough to maintain a certain ratio between equity capital and borrowed; It must at <strong>the</strong> same time that<br />

<strong>the</strong> resources released by <strong>the</strong> operation to deal normally with loads <strong>of</strong> debt. In this regard, <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

CASH / CURRENT LIABILITIES<br />

Measures <strong>the</strong> power <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company to "ignore" its creditors.<br />

Similarly, <strong>the</strong> ratio<br />

MEDIUM AND LONG TERM FINANCIAL DEBTS / CASH FLOW<br />

Gives <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> exercises necessary to repay financial liabilities through operating resources, ceteris paribus.<br />

The previous ratios may be complete by:<br />

TURNOVER / TOTAL LIABILITIES<br />

That provides ano<strong>the</strong>r approach <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company and by:<br />

Page 34 <strong>of</strong> 124


RESULTS + FINANCIAL INTERESTS / FINANCIAL INTERESTS<br />

Which allows to calculate <strong>the</strong> capacity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm to face, each fiscal year, and <strong>the</strong> consequences <strong>of</strong> its policy <strong>of</strong> debt.<br />

A nearby ratio <strong>of</strong> above:<br />

NET RESULTS + FINANCIAL EXPENSES (MT AND LT) / EQUITY + DEBT (MT AND LT)<br />

Evaluates <strong>the</strong> weight <strong>of</strong> debt which can compromise <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability but also <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

Finally, include <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

NET DEBT - TURNOVER INCLUSIVE OF TAX<br />

That shows if <strong>the</strong> company uses all <strong>the</strong> possibilities <strong>of</strong> credit which it can benefit. In particular, <strong>the</strong> contractor may<br />

deem it is found to be short <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>, he has managed to take advantage <strong>of</strong> its ability to borrow for its bankers Fund<br />

which he missed.<br />

1.3- THE GENERAL SOLVENCY RATIO.<br />

It is expressed by <strong>the</strong> relation:<br />

ASSETS TOTAL / TOTAL DEBT<br />

And joined <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> "net position". It is above all an indicator <strong>of</strong> liquidation that interests especially <strong>the</strong> banker.<br />

2 - THE SO-CALLED "LIQUIDITY RATIOS» (FINANCIAL SECURITY IN THE SHORT TERM).<br />

The liquidity <strong>of</strong> a company shall be understood as its ability to fulfil in a timely manner, its commitments in <strong>the</strong> short<br />

term using its operating resources. We will not return to <strong>the</strong> said ratio "<strong>of</strong> General liquidity", or "working capital<br />

fund", already cited:<br />

ASSETS OF ROLLING / BEARING ASSETS<br />

Short-term liabilities contains elements <strong>of</strong> variable liquidity. Thus stocks are considered much less liquid than<br />

receivables; also uses <strong>the</strong> said ratio "<strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>":<br />

VALUES ACHIEVABLE AND AVAILABLE - SHORT TERM DEBTS<br />

That excludes <strong>the</strong> operation values. Less than 1, it indicates <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> future Cash-Flow difficulties. This ratio<br />

can be improved if we know <strong>the</strong> calendar <strong>of</strong> deadlines:<br />

AVAILABLE + REALIZABLE VALUES ON N DAYS / PAYMENTS ON (N) DAYS<br />

It takes <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> "ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> at maturity. It is much more significant than <strong>the</strong> first.<br />

However <strong>the</strong> scope <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se last three ratios is very limited because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir static nature. Indeed, <strong>the</strong>y cannot<br />

account for <strong>the</strong> commitments to be born. In addition, <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating cycle affects <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> such<br />

ratios: for example <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to a supermarket will be weak without this indicates <strong>cash</strong> difficulties. Finally,<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir evolution over time will be not more interesting ins<strong>of</strong>ar as <strong>the</strong> balance sheet is a snapshot <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating<br />

cycle.<br />

Page 35 <strong>of</strong> 124


The liquidity <strong>of</strong> a company is a temporal phenomenon: <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements ranged in time. «Kinetic»<br />

ratios reflect this factor. They measure <strong>the</strong> rotation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> main components <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating cycle: stocks,<br />

customers, suppliers. With regard to inventories, calculate <strong>the</strong> following ratios:<br />

For an industrial company <strong>the</strong> rotation <strong>of</strong> raw stock is expressed by:<br />

AVERAGE STOCK OF MATERIALS OF THE YEAR / MATERIALS CONSUMED OF THE YEAR<br />

By multiplying <strong>the</strong> result by 360, we get <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> days during which <strong>the</strong> stock covers <strong>the</strong> needs. Such a ratio<br />

appropriate to determine <strong>the</strong> rotation <strong>of</strong> current products.<br />

When <strong>the</strong> rotation <strong>of</strong> products, it is <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

AVERAGE STOCK OF FINISHED PRODUCTS VALUED AT COST PRICE / YEAR COST OF PRODUCTS SOLD IN<br />

THE YEAR<br />

Multiplied by 360, it gives <strong>the</strong> average time in days, necessary for <strong>the</strong> marketing <strong>of</strong> finished products. This ratio is an<br />

index <strong>of</strong> potential ease <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to <strong>the</strong> extent, in fact, where it indicates <strong>the</strong> time required for <strong>the</strong> stock turns into<br />

receivables, and, <strong>the</strong>refore, in availability. Its meaning is much more reliable in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> commercial enterprises<br />

than in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> industrial enterprises. A breakdown <strong>of</strong> costs by nature is always difficult to achieve. Moreover, it<br />

will only sometimes <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

AVERAGE INVENTORY AT COST / TURNOVER H.T.<br />

The finished product sold gives rise to claims that <strong>the</strong> time limit for processing <strong>cash</strong> is provided by <strong>the</strong> ratio:<br />

CLAIMS AGAINST CUSTOMERS OF YEAR-END 360 X / ANNUAL SALES INCLUSIVE OF TAX (T.T.C)<br />

That can occur in a more refined way as follows:<br />

(CLAIMS / TURNOVER INCLUSIVE OF TAX OF THE LAST QUARTER)<br />

X 90 (D)<br />

The comparison <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> period <strong>of</strong> Regulation granted to customers at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> credit grant providers to get an idea<br />

on <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position.<br />

The item 'suppliers' turnover ratio will be calculated in <strong>the</strong> same way:<br />

Or even better:<br />

(VENDORS + NOTES PAYABLE / PURCHASES INCLUSIVE TAXES) X 360 J.<br />

(SUPPLIERS (VENDORS) + NOTES TO PAY) / PURCHASES INCLUSIVE TAXES OF LAST QUARTER<br />

The <strong>cash</strong> balance is a perfect 'harmony' between rotation <strong>of</strong> stocks, clients’ debts and suppliers’ debts, ceteris<br />

paribus (1). Inside this company, <strong>the</strong>y complement this list by <strong>the</strong> calculation <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r kinetic ratios such as:<br />

That indicates <strong>the</strong> potential for liquidity on equity,<br />

ANNUAL SALES H.T / EQUITY<br />

Page 36 <strong>of</strong> 124


ANNUAL SALES H.T / NET FIXED ASSETS And<br />

ANNUAL SALES H.T / ASSETS OF BEARING WHICH ARE INTERPRETED IN A SIMILAR WAY.<br />

However, <strong>the</strong> balance sheet where you pull <strong>the</strong> data necessary for <strong>the</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se ratios is a static<br />

document that mask changes in activity that may occur during <strong>the</strong> period. This observation led us to discuss <strong>the</strong><br />

limitations <strong>of</strong> ratios.<br />

B - LIMITATIONS OF THE METHOD OF THE RATIOS IN THE ASSESSMENT OF FINANCIAL SECURITY.<br />

In France, <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> ratios is very widely used. Known precautions to be taken during calculations:<br />

Rules for evaluating <strong>the</strong> positions laid down in advance; -do compare really comparable activities;<br />

Calculations always at <strong>the</strong> same dates;<br />

Take into account in <strong>the</strong> interpretation <strong>of</strong> currency depreciation.<br />

It is also known that a ratio taken individually presents only little interest. These are usually comparative studies <strong>of</strong><br />

'batteries' <strong>of</strong> ratios which are realized:<br />

Considering <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> results in time or compared with o<strong>the</strong>r undertakings;<br />

By comparing ratios-goals, means <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same industry ratios, or ratios-standards.<br />

However, an analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial equilibrium in terms <strong>of</strong> ratios is facing a series <strong>of</strong> difficulties that restrict <strong>the</strong><br />

scope. These difficulties arise at <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> functions that it claims assume: description, explanation, and<br />

standard, forecast.<br />

1 - THE LIMITS OF THE DESCRIPTIVE VALUE METHOD OF RATIOS.<br />

Ratios reflect only imperfectly <strong>the</strong> economic reality. We have already pointed out, <strong>the</strong>y have defects in <strong>the</strong> balance<br />

sheet where you pull information critical to <strong>the</strong>ir development: asset turnover, debts in <strong>the</strong> short term, customers,<br />

suppliers, etc. The balance sheet describes <strong>the</strong> turnover <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company at any given time and can account for<br />

changes in activity during <strong>the</strong> year. It does not even represent a middle state but a particular State <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conduct <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> operation. This defect is less sensitive in <strong>the</strong> case where <strong>the</strong> company has a fairly regular activity. But are <strong>the</strong>re<br />

many companies experiencing no period peak or by <strong>the</strong>ir slowdown? The realization <strong>of</strong> a monthly balance sheet<br />

redressing this problem. But such work is not within <strong>the</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> all companies<br />

In addition, <strong>the</strong> balance sheet is a document that adds monetary units to different purchasing power. In periods <strong>of</strong><br />

significant changes in <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> currency, <strong>the</strong> ratios lose much <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir meaning. Finally, <strong>the</strong> assessment is<br />

before all a tax account, and one can wonder about <strong>the</strong> economic value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> information it gives.<br />

2 - THE LIMITS OF THE EXPLANATORY VALUE OF THE METHOD OF RATIOS.<br />

The interpretation <strong>of</strong> ratios is always difficult because <strong>the</strong> obtained reports show what happened, and not why. In<br />

addition, changes in <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> a ratio is likely to come ei<strong>the</strong>r from <strong>the</strong> variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> numerator or <strong>the</strong><br />

denominator; <strong>the</strong> same value ratios represent frequently situations economically or financially very dissimilar, or, on<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, <strong>the</strong> change in <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> a ratio may occur although <strong>the</strong> gap between its constituent elements<br />

remained constant. Where <strong>the</strong> idea <strong>of</strong> group ratios according to a certain logic which would facilitate <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

interpretation.<br />

Pyramid analysis is a technique for <strong>the</strong> study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> a determined situation. The principle<br />

<strong>of</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> analysis is to introduce <strong>the</strong> interdependence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> results brought by <strong>the</strong> ratios and lead to an<br />

explanation beyond <strong>the</strong> simple observation. Such an approach is an interesting way to use <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ratios.<br />

Page 37 <strong>of</strong> 124


It should be noted that <strong>the</strong> chain <strong>of</strong> causality is not clear: <strong>the</strong> number and nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> selected relationships remain<br />

quite arbitrary; <strong>the</strong>y vary also from one author to ano<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

3 - THE LIMITS OF THE NORMATIVE VALUE OF THE METHOD OF RATIOS.<br />

In order to make a judgment on <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> a company, it is convenient to dispose <strong>of</strong> reference standards.<br />

Among <strong>the</strong> many possibilities for <strong>the</strong> development <strong>of</strong> standards, <strong>the</strong> financial analyst uses most commonly ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional standards or standards «models».<br />

3.1 - THE REFERENCE TO PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS.<br />

The calculation <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional standards is <strong>the</strong> fact, ei<strong>the</strong>r large companies with a service <strong>of</strong> documentation and<br />

studies, Federations or unions, ei<strong>the</strong>r from private, public and parasternal bodies, or even spreadsheets plants.<br />

These studies are from larger or smaller samples <strong>of</strong> firms engaged in <strong>the</strong> same business. Within each sector <strong>of</strong> activity<br />

are calculated average reports for <strong>the</strong> whole sector, as well as by family <strong>of</strong> companies (or subsector). At <strong>the</strong>se average<br />

ratios will be compared to <strong>the</strong> enterprise in question ratios. It is not so for <strong>the</strong> latter to set goal value <strong>of</strong> such average<br />

ratio, but ra<strong>the</strong>r to seek an explanation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> observed differences.<br />

At <strong>the</strong> present moment, as a result, <strong>the</strong> company has a mass <strong>of</strong> valuable information on <strong>the</strong> performance <strong>of</strong><br />

competing firms (concurrent) or o<strong>the</strong>r firms from <strong>the</strong> same group (T-mantis, MATHE…). By confrontation, <strong>the</strong><br />

contractor can highlight some shortcomings <strong>of</strong> management that do not appear in simple individual analysis. This<br />

may be <strong>the</strong> case, for example, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> progressive emergence <strong>of</strong> a fiscal imbalance likely to jeopardize <strong>the</strong> safety <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> firm within months, or most certainly in <strong>the</strong> years to come.<br />

However, may be from this type <strong>of</strong> references identify financial principles fundamental and, consequently, a course<br />

<strong>of</strong> action? We risk not take reality for <strong>the</strong> optimum?<br />

3.2 - THE REFERENCE TO STANDARD MODELS OF MANAGEMENT.<br />

Some specialized agencies have implemented "statistical processing chains" that allow to build 'business models'<br />

characterized by a battery <strong>of</strong> ratios. The method consists in <strong>the</strong> establishment <strong>of</strong> ratios-types that reflect <strong>the</strong> 'average'<br />

situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sector <strong>of</strong> activity. Indeed, each type ratio represents an average calculated from <strong>the</strong> ratios <strong>of</strong> a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> companies forming a representative sample.<br />

These models constructed for <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> a pr<strong>of</strong>ession are an interesting reference for <strong>the</strong> company. The ratios <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company are reported to standard ratios in <strong>the</strong> sector <strong>of</strong> activity; calculate and report:<br />

R = RATIO OF THE COMPANY / RATIO- TYPE<br />

The position <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> undertaking is syn<strong>the</strong>sized by <strong>the</strong> sum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ratios obtained; each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>m is assigned a weight<br />

that takes into account <strong>the</strong> importance attached to each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> criteria. The situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm is considered<br />

satisfactory if <strong>the</strong> end result is higher than 100%.<br />

This method has, however, a great deal <strong>of</strong> arbitrariness in its development:<br />

Arbitrariness in <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> characteristic ratios <strong>of</strong> a situation (in our example, <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company),<br />

Arbitrary in <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> weights, and, <strong>the</strong>refore, arbitrary in <strong>the</strong> judgment on <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

Page 38 <strong>of</strong> 124


4 - LIMITS THE PREDICTIVE VALUE OF THE METHOD OF RATIOS.<br />

Some authors have questioned whe<strong>the</strong>r ratios could not be used as predictive tools. Two research was primarily<br />

conducted.<br />

Firstly, on <strong>the</strong> difficulties <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> forecasting;<br />

And secondly, on <strong>the</strong> prediction <strong>of</strong> bankruptcy <strong>of</strong> enterprises.<br />

4.1 - RESEARCH ON THE FORECAST OF CASH DIFFICULTIES.<br />

The sample <strong>of</strong> selected companies was divided into two groups: on <strong>the</strong> one hand, companies having <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> for a<br />

certain period ("bad companies"), and, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, companies did not have difficulty during this same period<br />

("good companies"). From <strong>the</strong> financial statements <strong>of</strong> companies established prior to <strong>the</strong> period under review, <strong>the</strong><br />

authors have attempted to discern what <strong>the</strong> ratios were different from a group <strong>of</strong> companies to ano<strong>the</strong>r. The results<br />

were not conclusive. For a large number <strong>of</strong> companies studied <strong>the</strong> considered ratios did not foresee any difficulties<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

4.2 - RESEARCH ON THE PREDICTION OF BANKRUPTCY OF ENTERPRISES.<br />

The study involved a sample <strong>of</strong> 83 industrial enterprises that had gone bankrupt during <strong>the</strong> period 1946-1965, and<br />

33 companies who had experienced financial difficulty. Twenty-two ratios were calculated from financial statements<br />

<strong>of</strong> 5 years preceding <strong>the</strong> bankruptcy <strong>of</strong> "bad companies". However, <strong>the</strong> predictive ability <strong>of</strong> this combination <strong>of</strong> ratios<br />

declined very quickly as soon as it was to predict <strong>the</strong> bankruptcy in more than a year. In o<strong>the</strong>r words, this analysis<br />

noted bankruptcy more that she did. O<strong>the</strong>r studies have been carried out (3), but it does not seem that <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong><br />

ratios as a tool for forecasting gave great satisfaction.<br />

Handle <strong>cash</strong> using <strong>the</strong> ratios method does not seem to lead to clear conclusions. In <strong>the</strong>se circumstances, decisionmaking<br />

is difficult. Ultimately, all <strong>the</strong> criticism that can be made against it come back to say that <strong>the</strong> method places<br />

<strong>the</strong> company in liquidation situations. It disregards <strong>the</strong> dynamic aspect <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operation and in particular <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

management.<br />

SECTION 2: THE CONDITIONS OF FINANCIAL EQUILIBRIUM.<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> financial transactions that led to <strong>the</strong> fund balance allows to enjoy <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position at a time given to<br />

anticipate <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds to come, and, <strong>the</strong>refore, to have sufficient information to initiate any corrective actions.<br />

To define <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial balance, <strong>the</strong> managers <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company will have to attempt a detailed<br />

reconstruction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements through <strong>the</strong> firm or likely to occur<br />

during <strong>the</strong> reporting period. From this reconstruction or <strong>the</strong> anticipation <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong>, <strong>the</strong>y will be able to<br />

exercise permanent surveillance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> periodic adjustment entries and <strong>cash</strong> induced by <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> business<br />

However a full record <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is difficult to achieve because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> multiplicity <strong>of</strong> payment and<br />

recovery operations. In addition, such work would be awkward because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>usion <strong>of</strong> raw and indiscriminate<br />

information that it would bring in. Also, traditionally, it’s preferred to use an indirect analysis <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong><br />

through <strong>the</strong> global <strong>flow</strong>s affecting <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. Indeed, any recipe or any expenditure<br />

affects <strong>the</strong> volume or <strong>the</strong> composition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> assets or <strong>the</strong> liabilities. The variation <strong>of</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> assets and liabilities<br />

between <strong>the</strong> beginning and <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> a period is a consequence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds during this<br />

period. An analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se movements <strong>of</strong> funds will show where <strong>the</strong> contractor decided to commit capital, reduce<br />

its investments, to obtain additional capital, reduce its debts...The turnover <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company will be <strong>the</strong> trace <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se<br />

movements <strong>of</strong> funds that pass through <strong>the</strong> Fund. In o<strong>the</strong>r words, <strong>the</strong> study <strong>of</strong> heritage mutations to trace <strong>cash</strong>, and<br />

variations in <strong>the</strong>se terms to understand <strong>the</strong> current situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> or to anticipate its future location. The analysis<br />

Page 39 <strong>of</strong> 124


<strong>the</strong>refore behave both in a retrospective perspective and from a forward-looking perspective. The following synoptic<br />

table consolidates <strong>the</strong> various financial documents that are reached:<br />

Financial and accounting<br />

records<br />

'direct' Impact <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds<br />

on <strong>the</strong> heritage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm (jobs and<br />

long-term resources)<br />

"indirect" Impact <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> funds on <strong>the</strong> heritage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

firm (operating cycle)<br />

Retrospective records<br />

Prospective Documents<br />

Balance Sheet – Table <strong>of</strong> funding<br />

(or in’s and out’s) pr<strong>of</strong>it and loss<br />

Income Statements<br />

account<br />

Documents de synthèse :<br />

Tableau des variations d’encaisse<br />

Plan funding<br />

Operating Budget<br />

(or investment)<br />

Syn<strong>the</strong>sis Documents:<br />

<strong>cash</strong> (annual)<br />

Budget forecast (monthly) <strong>cash</strong> Positions<br />

Balance-Sheet Forecast<br />

Forecasted Income Statements<br />

TABLE n° 4: Documents analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> funds.<br />

I - THE RETROSPECTIVE ANALYSIS OF THE VARIATIONS OF CASH: THE EXPLANATION OF THE FINANCIAL BALANCE.<br />

The fact that a company continues to exist is pro<strong>of</strong> that financial balance has been achieved so far. This finding does<br />

not, however, to assess <strong>the</strong> conditions in which <strong>the</strong> credit has been provided. Admits so commonly a double interest<br />

in an ex-post variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> consideration:<br />

Firstly, it is <strong>the</strong> instrument <strong>of</strong> an explanatory study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> funds passed;<br />

On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, it provides a means <strong>of</strong> control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forward-looking management <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

Financial analysis known at <strong>the</strong> present time, reconstruct variations in <strong>cash</strong> in a real summary table <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> from <strong>the</strong><br />

General accounting data.<br />

A - THE FLOW OF FUND ACCOUNTING.<br />

The General Ledger are two types <strong>of</strong> accounts:<br />

The "balance" accounts, or accounts heritage,<br />

The "accounts", or accounts operating, and <strong>the</strong>refore, two types <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s:<br />

1. The economic stream,<br />

2. Operation <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

1 - HISTORIC FLOWS.<br />

The turnover <strong>flow</strong>s correspond to movements <strong>of</strong> funds affecting <strong>the</strong> balance sheet items. Their identification and<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir measurement are carried out by <strong>the</strong> comparison <strong>of</strong> various successive balance sheets. In this regard, we divide<br />

heritage <strong>flow</strong>s into two categories:<br />

1. 1 ° 'jobs' carried out by <strong>the</strong> company during <strong>the</strong> period under review; <strong>the</strong>y correspond ei<strong>the</strong>r to <strong>the</strong> assets<br />

increases, decreases in liabilities.<br />

2. 2 ° 'resources' obtained by <strong>the</strong> company during <strong>the</strong> same period; They include ei<strong>the</strong>r increases in liabilities<br />

or decreases <strong>of</strong> assets<br />

Page 40 <strong>of</strong> 124


This opposition led to <strong>the</strong> establishment <strong>of</strong> an array <strong>of</strong> jobs and resources, or "Table <strong>of</strong> funding". The role <strong>of</strong> this<br />

financial document is to allow <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm conditions. In its most simplified form, <strong>the</strong> table <strong>of</strong><br />

funding is reduced to a differential review and is as follows in Table n°5, Composition <strong>of</strong> Funds:<br />

2 - THE FLOW OF OPERATIONS.<br />

FUNDS APPLIED<br />

FUNDS RECEIVED<br />

Increase <strong>the</strong> Assets’ Account Increase <strong>the</strong> Liabilities Account<br />

Decrease <strong>the</strong> Liabilities Account Decrease <strong>the</strong> Assets’ Account<br />

Table n°5: Composition <strong>of</strong> Funds<br />

Financial <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> exploitation arise from <strong>the</strong> operating cycle, i.e., procurement transformation and <strong>flow</strong> operations.<br />

These <strong>flow</strong>s are grouped in <strong>the</strong> statements <strong>of</strong> income into two headings: <strong>the</strong> charges and income for <strong>the</strong> period<br />

The accounting distinction between heritage and streams <strong>of</strong> exploitation should not lose sight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> close<br />

relationship between <strong>the</strong>se two types <strong>of</strong> movements. Indeed:<br />

1. Flows generated by <strong>the</strong> operating cycle cause variation in current assets and liabilities positions in <strong>the</strong> short<br />

term.<br />

2. "Allocations to depreciations and Provisions" link also exploitation and heritage.<br />

3. Finally, <strong>the</strong> operating result reached by <strong>the</strong> confrontation <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> loads and products represents:<br />

An increase <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> heritage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, if it is positive;<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r a loss <strong>of</strong> substance heritage, if it is negative.<br />

General Accounting <strong>the</strong>refore allows a syn<strong>the</strong>tic reconstruction <strong>of</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> economic <strong>flow</strong>s and operation feed,<br />

using <strong>the</strong> table <strong>of</strong> funding, and <strong>the</strong> statements <strong>of</strong> income. In <strong>the</strong>se circumstances <strong>the</strong> 'table <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong> will be<br />

as follows:<br />

OUTFLOWS<br />

INFLOWS<br />

Increase <strong>of</strong> Assets’ Accounts Increase <strong>of</strong> Liabilities Account<br />

Funding Table<br />

Decrease <strong>of</strong> liabilities’ Accounts Decrease <strong>of</strong> assets’ Account<br />

Income Account Charges Revenue<br />

TABLE 6: Table <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> INFLOWS’ changes Structure<br />

Means in o<strong>the</strong>r terms, that is a simple approximation table <strong>of</strong> funding and <strong>the</strong> statements <strong>of</strong> income <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> period<br />

considered. To what extent this analysis in terms <strong>of</strong> accounting <strong>flow</strong> helps to explain variations registered at <strong>the</strong> level<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

B - ACCOUNTING FLOW AND CASH FLOW.<br />

The table <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong> assimilated accounting <strong>flow</strong>s to <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s. This assimilation is based on a number <strong>of</strong><br />

implicit assumptions and faces a number <strong>of</strong> limitations.<br />

1 - THE IMPLICIT ASSUMPTIONS OF ASSIMILATION OF ACCOUNTING FLOWS TO CASH FLOWS.<br />

These assumptions are six in number:<br />

1 - Any increase in assets (excluding <strong>cash</strong>) involves a disbursement.<br />

2 - Any decrease in liabilities involves a disbursement.<br />

Page 41 <strong>of</strong> 124


3 - Any increase in liability involves a <strong>cash</strong> receipt.<br />

4 - Any decrease in assets involves a <strong>cash</strong> receipt.<br />

5 - Any charge involves a disbursement.<br />

6 - Any product involves a <strong>cash</strong> receipt.<br />

But <strong>the</strong>se implicit assumptions are patently unrealistic.<br />

2 - THE LIMITS TO THE ASSIMILATION OF ACCOUNTING FLOWS TO CASH FLOWS.<br />

The causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gap between accounting and <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s result from <strong>the</strong> implicit assumptions. There are three:<br />

Firstly, <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s recorded by <strong>the</strong> General Ledger do not match all transactions between <strong>the</strong> company and its<br />

environment.<br />

Then <strong>the</strong>re is regulation time.<br />

Finally, <strong>the</strong> various results that a company may release its operations do not necessarily cause body<br />

movements.<br />

2.1 - FLOW ACCOUNTING AND MONETARY EXCHANGE WITH THIRD PARTIES.<br />

Flows recorded by <strong>the</strong> General Ledger are not all exchanges between <strong>the</strong> company and its environment. A job or a<br />

load do not necessarily give rise to a disbursement; similarly, a resource or a product do translate not always by a<br />

<strong>cash</strong> receipt.<br />

(a) Funds applied and Funds received do not necessarily correspond to <strong>cash</strong> receipt and disbursement <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

The changes that affect <strong>the</strong> balance sheet <strong>of</strong> a company can have two origins: <strong>the</strong>y may be <strong>the</strong> result, in <strong>the</strong> first<br />

place, <strong>of</strong> transactions between <strong>the</strong> company and a third part (customers, suppliers, bankers, etc.). In this case, Funds<br />

Applied (such as acquisition <strong>of</strong> assets, debts, etc.) and Funds Received (such as capital increase by contribution <strong>of</strong><br />

money, credits, etc.) necessarily imply INFLOWS and OUTFLOWS. Secondly, <strong>the</strong> variations <strong>of</strong> certain balance sheet<br />

items may only be <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> a game <strong>of</strong> accounting entries. Funds Applied and Received have <strong>the</strong>refore no direct<br />

monetary consideration: it is <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> depreciation operations, establishment <strong>of</strong> provisions, revaluation <strong>of</strong> assets,<br />

etc. These resources result from accounting <strong>flow</strong>s and non-misleading no <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> that would alter <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>cash</strong>.<br />

(b) Expenses and products do not necessarily correspond to <strong>cash</strong> receipt and disbursement <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

Can be distinguished in this regard, <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> operating non-monetary operation <strong>flow</strong>s. In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong><br />

depreciation, for example, credited to income allocations give rise to no disbursement.<br />

2.3 - TAKING INTO ACCOUNT DELAYS IN REGULATION.<br />

The reconstruction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> requires taking account <strong>of</strong> shifts between <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> operations and <strong>cash</strong><br />

<strong>flow</strong>s related to <strong>the</strong> phenomenon <strong>of</strong> credit (credit to debtors and credit by creditors). Thus to calculate <strong>the</strong> amount<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts on sales, for example, can use <strong>the</strong> following procedure:<br />

SALES FOR THE YEAR,<br />

+ Receipts on sales from <strong>the</strong> previous year,<br />

- Credits granted on sales <strong>of</strong> this fiscal year and not yet expired at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> latter.<br />

Page 42 <strong>of</strong> 124


It will similarly be to calculate <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> disbursements on purchases:<br />

PURCHASES OF FISCAL,<br />

+ Disbursements on purchases from <strong>the</strong> previous year,<br />

- Credits obtained on purchases this fiscal year and not yet expired at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> latter.<br />

The same technique is valid for any stream operating with a period <strong>of</strong> regulation.<br />

2.4 - RESULTS AND FUND MOVEMENTS.<br />

Operating income that comes from <strong>the</strong> comparison between loads and products <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> year does not imply a specific<br />

<strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>. On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, o<strong>the</strong>r elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> income statement reflected <strong>cash</strong> transactions by <strong>the</strong> company,<br />

including outside <strong>the</strong> scope <strong>of</strong> its current operations:<br />

Grants received <strong>of</strong>f-farm, income taxes, etc. Accounting information is <strong>the</strong>refore sufficient to replenish <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong><br />

through <strong>the</strong> company, on condition however a few corrections, to go from accounting <strong>flow</strong>s to <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

The difficulties traditionally described in <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> movements which we have just resumed remain<br />

despite everything technical. They can be largely mitigated, we have seen, by easy to make corrections. It is possible<br />

<strong>the</strong>n, to set a rigorous process for establishing an array <strong>of</strong> variations <strong>of</strong> realistic <strong>cash</strong> from conventional accounting<br />

documents. It is not <strong>the</strong> same with o<strong>the</strong>r more fundamental difficulties which limit <strong>the</strong> table <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong> in his<br />

role as indicator ex post conditions <strong>of</strong> realization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

C - THE LIMITS OF ANALYSIS OF THE "VARIATIONS OF CASH”.<br />

The inadequacies <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 'table <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong>’ as an indicator <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s through <strong>the</strong><br />

company is due to its very nature. One may wonder, indeed, how a document static and syn<strong>the</strong>tic can account for a<br />

phenomenon such as <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>, composite and dynamic by nature.<br />

1 - THE ARRAY OF VARIATIONS OF CASH IS ACTUALLY A STATIC DOCUMENT.<br />

Contrary to what one might think, this document is not truly kinetic, and still less dynamic. It merely, as <strong>the</strong> result<br />

account, save <strong>the</strong> aggregate value over a given period, two sets <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s: <strong>the</strong> outputs and inputs <strong>of</strong> funds. The balance<br />

indicates <strong>the</strong> variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> for <strong>the</strong> period. Knowing <strong>the</strong> value and <strong>the</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> increase or decrease <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

from its initial level is ultimately quite poor teaching. Because, although knowing <strong>the</strong> nature and <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong><br />

responsible for <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s, nothing is known about <strong>the</strong> reality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir behavior: speed, rhythm,<br />

<strong>flow</strong>, composition, and timeline. Without perfect knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> respective conduct <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> entries and<br />

exits <strong>of</strong> funds in time, one cannot truly appreciate <strong>the</strong> way in which <strong>the</strong> balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> has been provided during<br />

<strong>the</strong> period.<br />

Therefore, from <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management, it seems not appropriate and efficient aggregate <strong>flow</strong>s<br />

to learn a lesson on <strong>the</strong>ir behavior towards <strong>the</strong> financial equilibrium <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. It would be much more interesting<br />

and operational, to identify exactly how <strong>the</strong> recipes are presented (or arise) against expenditures at <strong>the</strong> time. Might<br />

think that adopting a time scale more reduced (e.g. month), it would have "<strong>of</strong> extremely close States <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> heritage<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company" which would lead to "a very fine analysis <strong>of</strong> historic <strong>flow</strong>s" and on a statement "almost continuous<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> ' (1). This remark seems unsatisfactory for two reasons<br />

Firstly, such calculations performed monthly can present serious practical difficulties <strong>of</strong> implementation.<br />

Relatively few companies have at <strong>the</strong>ir disposal for as short a period necessary accounting documents<br />

(balance sheet, statements <strong>of</strong> income, let alone table <strong>of</strong> funding). In addition, <strong>the</strong> timeline for completion<br />

Page 43 <strong>of</strong> 124


may reduce <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> this work. Finally, <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> table <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong> is not to<br />

neglect.<br />

Secondly, it should be noted that it seems hardly possible to descend to <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> a month. However, in<br />

30 days <strong>cash</strong> can go through different situations. This method will never provide a detailed analytical<br />

information and accurate actual <strong>cash</strong> movements.<br />

2 - THE ARRAY OF CHANGES IN CASH IS A SYNTHETIC DOCUMENT.<br />

The user may also go fur<strong>the</strong>r than it’s possible for him in breaking down <strong>the</strong> basic accounts, it will never reach <strong>the</strong><br />

knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> actual movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>. In this area, it does not seem possible to make <strong>the</strong> economy <strong>of</strong> an<br />

analytical and chronological <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> statement. As we shall see, this is <strong>the</strong> only way towards a master's degree<br />

in <strong>the</strong> economic balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>. On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, jobs and resources table can be an instrument <strong>of</strong><br />

interesting control at <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management.<br />

3 - ARRAY OF FINANCING AND CASH BALANCE.<br />

By definition, jobs and resources table is <strong>the</strong> tool <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> realization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> investment and financing plan. It ensures<br />

that no distortion has occurred between <strong>the</strong> capital growth and <strong>the</strong> terms <strong>of</strong> its funding: it is <strong>the</strong> variation <strong>of</strong> working<br />

capital which is at <strong>the</strong> center <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> analysis. However we have shown <strong>the</strong> link between working capital and <strong>cash</strong>:<br />

Therefore:<br />

Cash = working capital - needs for working capital.<br />

Change in <strong>cash</strong> balance = (+) change in working capital (-) change in working capital needs.<br />

The Funds Applied and Received Table can be broken down into two parts:<br />

FUNDS APPLIED<br />

FUNDS RECEIVED<br />

I – Fixed Funds Applied <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Exercise II - Ressources de financement de l’exercice :<br />

- Permanent Assets<br />

-Auto finance<br />

- Loans and Securities<br />

- Transfer <strong>of</strong> assets<br />

- Loans’ Repayment<br />

- Loans<br />

(+) Change in Working Capital (-)<br />

(= II – I)<br />

III – Circulating Funds Applied<br />

- Operating values<br />

- Realizable Values<br />

IV – Short term Funds Received<br />

Long-term Debts<br />

(+) Funds’ changes (-)<br />

(Bank Credit) = (II + IV) - ( I + III) (Bank Loan)<br />

(+) Changes in Operating capital Requirements<br />

(-) (= IV - III)<br />

Table n°7: Classification <strong>of</strong> Funds Applied and Received<br />

Variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund provides both <strong>the</strong> balance <strong>of</strong> jobs and resources <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> table.<br />

Cash balance depends not only on <strong>the</strong> balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> exploitation but also <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company. The table <strong>of</strong> funding highlights <strong>the</strong>refore, ex-post, <strong>the</strong> conditions under which <strong>the</strong> financial balance for a<br />

given period is carried out. It allows to know <strong>the</strong> nature and <strong>the</strong> value.<br />

Page 44 <strong>of</strong> 124


However, this document syn<strong>the</strong>sizes that variations aggregated on a space <strong>of</strong> time. It does not reveal how <strong>the</strong><br />

financial balance has been maintained throughout <strong>the</strong> period. In o<strong>the</strong>r words, how <strong>the</strong>y covered <strong>the</strong> assets’ needs.<br />

Indeed, <strong>the</strong>ir coverage depends on <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Fund bearing and <strong>the</strong> possibilities <strong>of</strong> short-term debt, i.e.<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> policy <strong>of</strong> investment and financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. The difficulties <strong>of</strong> approach to <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and<br />

changes in working capital needs will appear in predictive analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

1 - THE ANTICIPATION OF THE CONDITIONS FOR THE FINANCIAL BALANCE: CASH FLOW FORECASTING.<br />

The traditional techniques <strong>of</strong> management planning provide, from <strong>the</strong> consolidation <strong>of</strong> forecast <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s,<br />

financing plans and budgets <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>. The procedure which leads to <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> forecasting involves three<br />

essential steps:<br />

1 ° <strong>the</strong> first stage presents turnover expected movements.<br />

This evolution is traced in a funding plan which includes:<br />

In 'planned jobs', assets increases and decreases in liabilities;<br />

In 'Predicted Funds Applied', liability increases and decreases <strong>of</strong> assets.<br />

He translated <strong>the</strong> management constraints and choices <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contracted entrepreneur concerning both <strong>the</strong><br />

operation and development <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. From <strong>the</strong>se forward-looking changes and taking into account <strong>the</strong><br />

balance at beginning <strong>of</strong> period, establishing <strong>the</strong> forecast supply balance, instrument <strong>of</strong> control. It allows to compare<br />

<strong>the</strong> financial situation envisaged at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> baseline period. An audit <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> whole is possible through <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>:<br />

It is calculated in <strong>the</strong> forecast supply balance by difference between <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund and <strong>the</strong><br />

forecasted working capital requirements;<br />

It appears clearly in <strong>the</strong> financing plans, as can realize in <strong>the</strong> following document<br />

Treasury<br />

Treasury<br />

Years 20… 20… 20… 20.. Total<br />

Investment Program………………..………………..………………………..<br />

Last year Investment program product………………..………………<br />

Diverse charges………………..………………..………………..………………<br />

Extra need <strong>of</strong> funds………………..………………..………………………….<br />

Reconstitution <strong>of</strong> working capital fund………………..……………….<br />

Due date <strong>of</strong> Loan………………..………………..………………..…………….<br />

Due date <strong>of</strong> O<strong>the</strong>r loans………………..………………..……………………<br />

Dividends distribution………………..………………..……………………….<br />

Reimbursement <strong>of</strong> loan………………..………………..…………………….<br />

Total Needs<br />

Increase in Turnover………………..………………..………………………..<br />

New associates’ funds………………..………………..………………………<br />

Diverse resources………………..………………..…………………………….<br />

Self-financing before distribution………………..………………………<br />

Working capital funds………………..………………..………………………<br />

Short term loans………………..………………..………………..…………….<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r long term loans ………………………………..……………………….<br />

Total Resources<br />

Difference<br />

Accumulated Difference<br />

Table n°8: Treasury’s Plan<br />

Page 45 <strong>of</strong> 124


2 ° <strong>the</strong> second step focuses on <strong>the</strong> anticipation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> operations for <strong>the</strong> coming year:<br />

Loads,<br />

Products,<br />

Forecast operating income.<br />

These <strong>flow</strong>s are grouped in 'operating budgets. From <strong>the</strong>se data <strong>the</strong> "provisional result account' is constructed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

reporting period.<br />

3 ° <strong>the</strong> last stage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> predictive analysis led to <strong>the</strong> consolidation <strong>of</strong> forecast <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> in "Cash Budget".<br />

In reality, <strong>the</strong> adjustment <strong>of</strong> revenues and expenditures at <strong>the</strong> lowest cost requires a genuine “estimated <strong>cash</strong><br />

device”. Movements <strong>of</strong> funds that affect availability are <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> a company given or received by <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

These commitments are generally classified under two headings:<br />

1. Commitments <strong>of</strong>f-operation:<br />

*Firstly, investment, <strong>the</strong> origin <strong>of</strong> acquisition expenses, and,<br />

*On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, <strong>the</strong> financial transactions which include essentially financing transactions, repayment<br />

<strong>of</strong> loans and payment <strong>of</strong> dividends.<br />

2. Commitments <strong>of</strong> exploitation: from <strong>the</strong> normal and common activity company, originally <strong>of</strong> revenue and<br />

operating expenses.<br />

The <strong>cash</strong> budget is over a given period, generally <strong>the</strong> month and year, <strong>the</strong> anticipation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movement which may<br />

modify <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position. There are two types <strong>of</strong> conventional and complementary methods for <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast:<br />

Method “recipes – expenditure”,<br />

The method “resources – needs”.<br />

3.1 - THE METHOD “REVENUE – EXPENSES”.<br />

Simple in principle, it is more difficult to implement.<br />

3.1.1- THE PRINCIPLE OF THE METHOD.<br />

As its name implies, this method consists <strong>of</strong> a comprehensive census entries and liquidity out<strong>flow</strong>s. Then arise <strong>the</strong><br />

problem <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> census period and forecast technique.<br />

1 - DETERMINATION OF THE HORIZON AND NO CASH FORECASTING.<br />

Practitioners call:<br />

'Horizon', <strong>the</strong> overall period <strong>of</strong> anticipation, and,<br />

«No», <strong>the</strong> subdivision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> horizon.<br />

The <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong> forecasts generally cover a year, with a not monthly. Sometimes <strong>the</strong>y are on a shorter term. But to<br />

ensure <strong>the</strong> financial balance for <strong>the</strong> coming months does not <strong>of</strong>fsets that arise inevitably between <strong>the</strong> inputs and<br />

outputs daily Fund. Very short-term forecasts are to coincide payment options and regulations to operate.<br />

Page 46 <strong>of</strong> 124


The <strong>cash</strong> has <strong>the</strong>n for each day (or week, etc.) and by account, expenditure to be carried out and <strong>the</strong> recipes to make.<br />

Experience shows that very few companies are in as fine forecast entries and <strong>cash</strong>. Indeed, such rigor and such details<br />

in <strong>the</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> revenues and expenditures require an administrative organization <strong>of</strong> seizure and treatment <strong>of</strong><br />

unique information relating to <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> funds, dissociated from <strong>the</strong> classical book recording.<br />

2 - THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CASH FLOW FORECAST.<br />

An undertaking given or received by <strong>the</strong> company does result in a <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> only after a certain period <strong>of</strong> time. Provide<br />

<strong>the</strong> amount and <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore represents a tw<strong>of</strong>old problem. The establishment <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> forecast data is discussed in two complementary ways:<br />

Budgetary accounting, and<br />

Accrual <strong>of</strong> liabilities.<br />

(a) BUDGETARY ACCOUNTS:<br />

The estimates are based on assumptions <strong>of</strong> activity and <strong>the</strong>refore present a random character.<br />

1 ° THE FORECAST REVENUE:<br />

They are essentially original sales receipt. For retail business that sells <strong>cash</strong> forecast revenue is equal to that <strong>of</strong> sales.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> businesses that sell on credit, a statistical analysis to determine <strong>the</strong> spread <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts from sales<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> period. With regard to sale on command, usually accompanied by payment by instalment, forecast revenue<br />

occurs at two levels. The firm orders, should refer to <strong>the</strong> manufacturing schedule in order to set <strong>the</strong> dates <strong>of</strong> different<br />

maturities. Planned orders, to establish a <strong>the</strong>oretical schedule, with all <strong>the</strong> inaccuracies that entails. O<strong>the</strong>r receipts<br />

have various sources:<br />

Accessories operating revenues;<br />

Field exploitation operations;<br />

Financial transactions.<br />

Their spread in time depends on <strong>the</strong> terms <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contracts, <strong>the</strong> activity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, or its strategy. It supports<br />

some approximation due to <strong>the</strong>ir relative importance.<br />

2 ° THE FORECAST SPENDING:<br />

Prediction <strong>of</strong> disbursements is more difficult because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wide variety <strong>of</strong> loads. The relationship between <strong>the</strong><br />

commitment <strong>of</strong> expenditure and <strong>the</strong> corresponding disbursement varies depending on <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> load. In this<br />

regard, expenditures are classified into four categories:<br />

Spending on purchases <strong>of</strong> goods,<br />

Expenditures on normal operating expenses,<br />

Expenditure on financial operations<br />

On investments.<br />

Prediction <strong>of</strong> supply-related disbursements can be difficult due to <strong>the</strong> uncertainty that sometimes prevails on <strong>the</strong><br />

period <strong>of</strong> delivery or billing. In this case <strong>the</strong> problem can be solved if you have a past experience, by an approach<br />

similar to that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forecast revenue. The forecast spending on normal operating expenses is made from <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

Page 47 <strong>of</strong> 124


grouping by nature. In principle <strong>the</strong> frequency and <strong>the</strong> time limit for payment are well known. Quite <strong>of</strong>ten, <strong>the</strong>re<br />

remains uncertainty as to <strong>the</strong> amount that can be still quite close. The forecast <strong>of</strong> expenditure on financial and<br />

investment operations stems from <strong>the</strong> financing plan. The liabilities accounting complete this approach.<br />

(b) ACCRUAL OF LIABILITIES:<br />

Accounting for commitments is intended to allow adjustment <strong>of</strong> budget estimates. It is based on achievements: <strong>the</strong><br />

commitments received or given. It reveals from <strong>the</strong> source, variances between budgeted or revenue incurred or<br />

budgeted spending and expenditures<br />

Non-operation movements are not fix. Any company is able to identify all born commitments and <strong>the</strong>ir impact on<br />

<strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> accurately. Movements <strong>of</strong> farms, on <strong>the</strong> contrary, are analyzed globally, comparing <strong>the</strong> development over<br />

time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> commitments <strong>of</strong> expenditure and revenue from a common date.<br />

Two parameters influence <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> availability:<br />

The amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> commitment,<br />

The time between <strong>the</strong> birth <strong>of</strong> commitment and its transformation into <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

These information are only averages but resulting from <strong>the</strong> comparison between commitments and payments<br />

actually made. The same analysis is performed for <strong>cash</strong> receipts. We will <strong>the</strong>n search for "equalities between money<br />

supply" regardless <strong>of</strong> conduct specific to each elementary operation constituting those 'masses '. Also has interest in<br />

<strong>the</strong> continuation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> analysis, to seek <strong>the</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dispersion <strong>of</strong> individual behavior around <strong>the</strong>se averages to<br />

avoid errors <strong>of</strong> forecasts. The gap analysis allows any time corrective actions necessary to ensure <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

firm.<br />

The method <strong>of</strong> forecast revenues-expenses, despite his great interest does not fully satisfaction.<br />

3.1.2 - LIMITATIONS OF THE METHOD.<br />

Experience shows that this method has major shortcomings. We will make in this regard four remarks.<br />

1 - THE CASH FLOW FORECASTS ARE UNCERTAIN.<br />

But this uncertainty does not have <strong>the</strong> same nature as it's more or less distant horizon data.<br />

(a) THE DATA IN THE VERY SHORT TERM:<br />

Most operations that result in a movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> are already involved. As a result, <strong>the</strong> Treasurer may <strong>the</strong>oretically<br />

have all necessary information. In fact, it will have that mass <strong>of</strong> information. First, because <strong>the</strong> internal information<br />

<strong>of</strong> a business system is generally not organized so all this mass information arrive. Then, it can appear to <strong>the</strong> eyes <strong>of</strong><br />

those responsible for <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transmission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> information is disproportionate to <strong>the</strong> gain (or <strong>the</strong> economy)<br />

expected a certain forecast. It should be noted that <strong>the</strong> improvement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> input <strong>of</strong> information is <strong>the</strong> condition first<br />

<strong>the</strong> realization <strong>of</strong> good <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast<br />

In addition, <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> a bad <strong>cash</strong> management can be as compromise or at least strongly affects <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> firm. Anyway, <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> certain statistical forecasting techniques can replace when necessary, expensive looking<br />

for additional information about committed transactions.<br />

Page 48 <strong>of</strong> 124


(b) SHORT-TERM DATA:<br />

Beyond <strong>the</strong> very short term (one month) <strong>the</strong> income-expenditure method proves quite coarse. Indeed, <strong>the</strong><br />

information for <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s are not always available. Operations that will result in <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements<br />

in <strong>the</strong> coming months may not have been still incurred. Yet <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> potential imbalances is indispensable.<br />

The Treasurer will be able to intervene to modify as appropriate, <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> commitment <strong>of</strong> operations to adjust<br />

input stream and output stream. Similarly <strong>the</strong> bank credits may be obtained in favorable terms if <strong>the</strong>y are applications<br />

several months in advance.<br />

Beyond <strong>the</strong> very short term (one month) <strong>the</strong> income-expenditure method proves quite coarse. Indeed, <strong>the</strong><br />

information for <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s are not always available. Operations that will result in <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements<br />

in <strong>the</strong> coming months may not have been still incurred. Yet <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> potential imbalances is indispensable.<br />

The Treasurer will be able to intervene to modify as appropriate, <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> commitment <strong>of</strong> operations to adjust<br />

input stream and output stream. Similarly <strong>the</strong> bank credits may be obtained in favorable terms if <strong>the</strong>y are applications<br />

several months in advance.<br />

The resources-needs method, which we'll talk about, is better suited to such an analysis. It indeed makes it possible<br />

to explain <strong>the</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> variation in <strong>cash</strong>. The analysis in terms <strong>of</strong> revenue-expenditure <strong>the</strong>n finds its justification in<br />

<strong>the</strong> framework predetermined by <strong>the</strong> resource-needs method.<br />

2. FORECASTING BEGINS WITH A BETTER CAPTURE OF INFORMATION.<br />

Only an appropriate organization may allow <strong>the</strong> Treasurer to ga<strong>the</strong>r information essential to good forecasts.<br />

Moreover, anyone in <strong>the</strong> company whose actions or decisions have an impact on <strong>the</strong> inputs or outputs <strong>of</strong> funds must<br />

be sensitized to <strong>the</strong> problems <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>. It is to this extent that it will effectively contribute to <strong>the</strong> improvement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

input <strong>of</strong> information<br />

3 - THE TRACKING OF CASH FLOWS MUST BE HELD IN 'VALUE DATE '.<br />

The movement <strong>of</strong> bank accounts follow special rules should know. There is always a lag between <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

transaction and <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> registration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transaction to <strong>the</strong> account by <strong>the</strong> Bank (discounts after <strong>the</strong>ir effective<br />

date and before withdrawals are entered). Ignore <strong>the</strong> day <strong>of</strong> value system is to expose to heavy financial loads:<br />

unnecessary interest, financing <strong>of</strong> a fictional overdraft, occult idle <strong>cash</strong> cost.<br />

4 - 'REVENUE-EXPENDITURE' PREDICTION METHOD CAN LEAD TO AN OPTIMUM FINANCING OF CASH<br />

REQUIREMENTS.<br />

Optimum financing is an effective funding directed at <strong>the</strong> lowest cost. For this it must be adapted to <strong>the</strong> nature,<br />

volume and duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needs. However, <strong>the</strong> traditional method <strong>of</strong> forecast revenue-expenditure leads nei<strong>the</strong>r<br />

to <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> daily variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank balance, so <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> requirements in <strong>the</strong> very short term, nor to<br />

<strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> needs <strong>of</strong> bearing, so short-term <strong>cash</strong><br />

3.2 - PREDICTION METHOD 'RESOURCES-NEEDS '.<br />

Cash <strong>flow</strong> forecasts are obtained by a projection in time equation:<br />

Cash = working capital fund - working capital needs.<br />

Forecast changes in <strong>cash</strong> will <strong>the</strong>refore appear as <strong>the</strong> difference between projected changes in working capital and<br />

planned changes in working capital needs.<br />

Page 49 <strong>of</strong> 124


The advantage <strong>of</strong> this method is to explain <strong>the</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> variation in <strong>cash</strong> which are to be found in <strong>the</strong> Working<br />

Capital Fund, <strong>the</strong>mselves conditioned by changes in <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> undertaking.<br />

3.2.1 - PRESENTATION OF THE CASH FLOW FORECAST IN TERMS OF 'RESOURCES AND NEEDS'.<br />

Short-term <strong>cash</strong> forecasts are generally presented in one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> three following forms:<br />

Estimated Balance<br />

Adjusted earnings<br />

Variation <strong>of</strong> working capital.<br />

These three possible presentations use <strong>the</strong> same forward-looking information; ei<strong>the</strong>r variation estimated.<br />

G = gross fixed assets,<br />

S = stocks,<br />

R = realizable customers (third party receivables and short term loans).<br />

C = <strong>cash</strong>,<br />

Cp = capital permanent (capital, reserves and long-term loans),<br />

D = depreciation,<br />

ST = short-term debt (third-party accounts payable and short-term borrowings),<br />

F = pr<strong>of</strong>its,<br />

1 – ESTIMATE:<br />

i.e., <strong>the</strong> estimate and <strong>the</strong> projected income statement data<br />

The presentation takes <strong>the</strong> following form:<br />

Or, what amounts to <strong>the</strong> same,<br />

G + S + R + C = Cp + D + ST + F<br />

(G - D) + S + R + C = Cp + ST + f<br />

Should be to estimate as accurately as possible <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> each workstation for <strong>the</strong> next (month or year)<br />

period. The Cash is obtained by difference.<br />

2 - ADJUSTED INCOME:<br />

The relationship becomes:<br />

3 - The variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund.<br />

This time <strong>the</strong> relationship is written:<br />

And highlights <strong>the</strong> change in working capital:<br />

C = F + D + ST + Cp - (G + S + R)<br />

C = F + D + Cp - G - (S + R - ST)<br />

Page 50 <strong>of</strong> 124


These three presentations are well only one and <strong>the</strong> same method <strong>of</strong> approach to <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

resources and jobs. The value <strong>of</strong> this method obviously lies in <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> calculation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> heritage.<br />

3.2.2 - ESTIMATES OF CASH FLOW IN TERMS OF 'RESOURCE NEEDS.<br />

The problem may be considered in two ways:<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r, <strong>the</strong> extrapolation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> commitments passed; although, again, <strong>the</strong> estimation <strong>of</strong> future working capital<br />

requirements.<br />

1 - THE EXTRAPOLATION OF THE ACTUAL COMMITMENTS.<br />

This approach is <strong>the</strong> easiest to follow natural route but is limited in scope.<br />

(a) THE PRINCIPLE:<br />

It is to analyze <strong>the</strong> impact <strong>of</strong> revenues and expenditures on <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> heritage. Knowing <strong>the</strong> past, operating<br />

and non-operating, commitments on draws up accounts <strong>of</strong> outcome <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> coming months.<br />

From <strong>the</strong>se result accounts estimates and informed about <strong>the</strong> terms <strong>of</strong> payment as a whole, it is developing a <strong>cash</strong><br />

budget in terms <strong>of</strong> expenditure and revenue. It is possible to draw up an estimate for <strong>the</strong> month to come, and hence<br />

calculate <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> working capital needs and possibly that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund, justifying <strong>the</strong> final<br />

<strong>cash</strong> position.<br />

(b) THE SCOPE OF EXTRAPOLATION OF THE COMMITMENTS:<br />

Taking into account <strong>the</strong> various methods <strong>of</strong> payment commonly used, it is hardly possible to predict a significant <strong>cash</strong><br />

beyond <strong>the</strong> second coming month position. Therefore, this procedure cannot be validly applied in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong><br />

companies having a fairly regular activity if you want to anticipate <strong>the</strong> financial balance in <strong>the</strong> coming months. Any<br />

change in operating conditions may be taken into consideration that in <strong>the</strong> realization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> commitments. However,<br />

few companies are able to predict accurately <strong>the</strong> commitments coming due to <strong>the</strong> large number <strong>of</strong> factors which<br />

give rise to and modulate <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s transiting by <strong>the</strong> company: competition, economic situation, social climate,<br />

price, etc. This explains <strong>the</strong> inaccuracy <strong>of</strong> thus established forecasts for <strong>the</strong> balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> beyond 30 to 60 days,<br />

and even sometimes below, if <strong>the</strong> time between commitment and corresponding <strong>cash</strong> movement is short.<br />

In this regard, it would seem much more efficient, ra<strong>the</strong>r than "guess" <strong>the</strong> appearance <strong>of</strong> speculative money <strong>flow</strong>s,<br />

estimated using statistical methods and simulation future working capital requirements.<br />

2 - ESTIMATE OF FUTURE WORKING CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS:<br />

Knowledge says changes in <strong>cash</strong> and <strong>flow</strong>s that cause has no meaning that daily and value date. The tools are:<br />

accounting for commitments and taking account <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> Bank.<br />

The aim is: control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds, in order to minimize <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and financing at <strong>the</strong><br />

lowest cost lack <strong>of</strong> irreducible synchronization between receipts and disbursements. To <strong>the</strong> - beyond <strong>the</strong> very short<br />

term <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> is impossible and unnecessary. Indeed, what matters <strong>the</strong>n, resides in <strong>the</strong> apprehension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> heritage<br />

movement, and in particular items that fluctuate according to <strong>the</strong> pace and nature <strong>of</strong> cycle operation, or even<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> situation: <strong>the</strong> active and <strong>the</strong> passive circulating; or working capital needs. The evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

working capital needs, in light <strong>of</strong> available working capital, is empower <strong>the</strong>mselves to an optimal choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

financial structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, in a monetary environment national and international given.<br />

Page 51 <strong>of</strong> 124


The nature and duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funding must correspond exactly to <strong>the</strong> nature and <strong>the</strong> duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> need to<br />

finance. Hence <strong>the</strong> need to be able to measure:<br />

Firstly, <strong>the</strong> needs permanent financing (fixed assets and current assets), as well as <strong>the</strong> needs transitional<br />

(current assets mainly);<br />

And secondly, <strong>the</strong> stability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial resources available to <strong>the</strong> firm (equity and external competition<br />

<strong>of</strong> all origins).<br />

Ins<strong>of</strong>ar as <strong>the</strong> contractor will be able to adjust to each o<strong>the</strong>r, it reconciles <strong>the</strong> objectives, required until <strong>the</strong>re as<br />

antagonistic, solvency and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

Page 52 <strong>of</strong> 124


Manage <strong>cash</strong> consists, in <strong>the</strong> traditional design, on determining <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to hold at <strong>the</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

period which, taking into account <strong>the</strong> revenue and expenditure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> global businesses that <strong>the</strong> company exercises,<br />

will be necessary for <strong>the</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> budget. Theoretical solutions to this question found in <strong>the</strong> literature,<br />

are many and varied. This is explained by <strong>the</strong> relative ease with which one can model optimization problems, thanks<br />

to <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> ma<strong>the</strong>matical tools <strong>of</strong> investigation already in use also. In this case, <strong>the</strong> authors have transposed<br />

<strong>the</strong> logic <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inventory control, quantitative analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Keynesian approach <strong>of</strong> 'preference for<br />

liquidity.<br />

This problem is equivalent to setting <strong>the</strong> conflict between, on <strong>the</strong> one hand, excessive <strong>cash</strong> that involves an<br />

opportunity cost, and, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, insufficient <strong>cash</strong> resulting in a cost <strong>of</strong> insolvency. However, although<br />

appealing intellectually, this approach is based on a number <strong>of</strong> explicit and implicit assumptions that practice<br />

business is not checked. Maintaining important liquidity goes against <strong>the</strong> objective <strong>of</strong> cost-effectiveness ins<strong>of</strong>ar as<br />

<strong>the</strong> funds tied up in liquid assets have in general no, or very low pr<strong>of</strong>itability. In addition, a plentiful <strong>cash</strong> cannot be<br />

in any case, contrary to what was long stated, as <strong>the</strong> guarantee <strong>of</strong> financial security <strong>of</strong> a company, i.e. nor as a<br />

guarantee <strong>of</strong> its solvency, nor as <strong>the</strong> insurance <strong>of</strong> its autonomy.<br />

The security <strong>of</strong> a business depends above all on <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> released that it is capable <strong>of</strong> secreting, or if one prefers<br />

its potential to restore liquidity. Its pr<strong>of</strong>itability is <strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong> necessary condition for its security. But we will see<br />

that this condition is not sufficient. Solvency and pr<strong>of</strong>itability do oppose no more long term in <strong>the</strong> short term.<br />

The company must exercise a tight administrative control to manage its <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>. The synchronization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

<strong>flow</strong>s and <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> day to day financing, on <strong>the</strong> one hand ensures <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm and on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r to<br />

improve its pr<strong>of</strong>itability. Indeed control <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> forecasting, financing in <strong>the</strong> short term, as well as <strong>the</strong> coordination<br />

<strong>of</strong> banking to aim at <strong>the</strong> reduction <strong>of</strong> monetary assets to zero. This is what we will show in <strong>the</strong> three sections that<br />

follow.<br />

In o<strong>the</strong>r words, a company that has permanently <strong>cash</strong> void or fluctuating slightly around zero can be considered, in<br />

<strong>the</strong> first analysis, financially well managed. This means, all o<strong>the</strong>r things being equal, as makers:<br />

Master <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s<br />

Effectively reallocate <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> released in pr<strong>of</strong>itable jobs,<br />

Enjoy more than just <strong>the</strong>ir funding needs,<br />

Negotiate <strong>the</strong> best terms <strong>of</strong> Bank.<br />

I’ll try to show in this part that by minimizing <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> monetary assets, <strong>the</strong> company reconciles <strong>the</strong> objectives<br />

<strong>of</strong> security and pr<strong>of</strong>itability. This goal will be achieved in conditions <strong>of</strong> liquidity and pr<strong>of</strong>itability by an extensive<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> forecasting.<br />

SECTION 1: MONETARY CASH FROM THE FIRM.<br />

The company’s business activity must keep a certain "stock <strong>of</strong> currency", to deal with all moment to <strong>the</strong> expenses<br />

that it must or wish to achieve.<br />

I - PREFERENCE FOR LIQUIDITY AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT.<br />

If we could predict <strong>the</strong> future perfectly, and disbursements were synchronized to <strong>the</strong> receipts, it would be<br />

unnecessary to provide a pool <strong>of</strong> means <strong>of</strong> Exchange.<br />

Page 53 <strong>of</strong> 124


A - Grounds for <strong>cash</strong>, and <strong>the</strong> formalization <strong>of</strong> a monetary stock.<br />

1 - THE REASONS FOR DETENTION OF LIQUIDITY.<br />

Expressed in terms <strong>of</strong> financial management <strong>the</strong>se reasons can be defined as follows:<br />

1. The transaction pattern meets <strong>the</strong> daily needs <strong>of</strong> funds, in order to address <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional exchanges<br />

caused by <strong>the</strong> cycle <strong>of</strong> exploitation (supply, production and marketing expenses), and <strong>the</strong> payment <strong>of</strong><br />

financial charges, taxes and dividends.<br />

2. The precautionary reason justifies <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> intended to deal with <strong>the</strong> unpredictable expenses such as those<br />

resulting from fires, accidents, trial, decrease <strong>of</strong> activity, etc.<br />

3. The reason for funding is <strong>the</strong> reason for <strong>the</strong> accumulation <strong>of</strong> funds to undertake a major expense, such as an<br />

investment.<br />

4. The reason for speculation, finally, responds to <strong>the</strong> concern to take advantage <strong>of</strong> a momentary advantage<br />

(advantageous investment, <strong>the</strong> market, information requirements, etc.).<br />

These <strong>cash</strong> requirements will be all <strong>the</strong> less important that <strong>the</strong> forecast <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s will be less uncertain. Similarly, <strong>the</strong><br />

ability to borrow at any time also reduces <strong>the</strong> need to keep <strong>cash</strong>. Finally, we know that it is not useful to keep all <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> in <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> immediate <strong>cash</strong>. A party may be held in <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> "investment securities".<br />

The Keynesian approach <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> preference for liquidity is now widely adopted by financial companies. Hold a stock<br />

<strong>of</strong> currency to ensure against <strong>the</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> synchronization between <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong> and out<strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

2 - THE FORMALIZATION OF THE MONETARY STOCK.<br />

It is precisely because <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s are naturally purchase that <strong>the</strong> company must provide a pool <strong>of</strong> means <strong>of</strong><br />

Exchange. The origin may be <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> a phenomenon or event known, random, or ignored by <strong>the</strong> Treasurer. In<br />

those circumstances it must be able to have funds at <strong>the</strong> appropriate time to respond to different types <strong>of</strong> stress<br />

resulting:<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r, commercial or industrial operations which he did not control,<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>of</strong> financial transactions which it has not always control.<br />

The Treasurer will organize its intervention from three forms <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>:<br />

Immediate availability,<br />

Securities <strong>of</strong> investment<br />

Bank credit in <strong>the</strong> short term.<br />

3 - THE STRUCTURE OF CASH.<br />

The composition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> depends on <strong>the</strong> grounds for detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity. In this regard we note that a portion<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to a character <strong>of</strong> 'reserves' and it has three main destinations: to face big spending some to be carried<br />

out in <strong>the</strong> immediate future (pattern <strong>of</strong> funding), enable <strong>the</strong> company to benefit from <strong>the</strong> investments (basis <strong>of</strong><br />

speculation), and respond to unpredictable expenses (reason for caution) without delay.<br />

"Transaction" <strong>cash</strong> is more difficult to grasp. Indeed, if meant by 'transactions' series <strong>of</strong> financial <strong>flow</strong>s generated by<br />

current operations, it must be admitted that <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se transactions varies one firm to ano<strong>the</strong>r. It is <strong>the</strong><br />

financial <strong>of</strong>ficer responsibility <strong>the</strong> task <strong>of</strong> defining <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> "transaction" on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> its own goals. In fact,<br />

<strong>the</strong> limit is not as sharp between <strong>the</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> balances economic literature can be implied. The idea <strong>of</strong><br />

'reserve' is present in <strong>the</strong> pattern <strong>of</strong> transaction.<br />

Page 54 <strong>of</strong> 124


Anyway many authors have developed models <strong>of</strong> management relating to so-called 'transaction' <strong>cash</strong>, ei<strong>the</strong>r to socalled<br />

<strong>cash</strong> <strong>of</strong> "precaution". Cash transaction is directly attached to <strong>the</strong> operations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating cycle, while <strong>cash</strong>'s<br />

caution is justified by unforeseen and significant expenses having a character <strong>of</strong> protection against depreciation,<br />

losses and risks.<br />

B - THE ESSENTIAL VARIABLES INVOLVED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE OPTIMAL AMOUNT OF CASH.<br />

We examine successively <strong>the</strong> following five decision factors:<br />

The nature, behavior and <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

Revenues and transaction costs, related to <strong>the</strong> securities.<br />

The length <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>’s forecast period.<br />

The value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> minimum balance critical <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

The cost <strong>of</strong> breakdown <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

1- THE NATURE, BEHAVIOR AND VOLUME OF THE CASH FLOWS.<br />

A portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s for <strong>the</strong> budgeted period is <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> decisions taken by <strong>of</strong>ficials <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm during this<br />

period; ano<strong>the</strong>r part is generated by decisions taken during previous periods. Naturally <strong>the</strong> Treasurer will honor all<br />

expenses incurred by <strong>the</strong> managers within <strong>the</strong>ir budget, even though <strong>cash</strong> must fall below zero. There is a category<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> on which <strong>the</strong> Treasurer has no control. Similarly, payments <strong>of</strong> claims by <strong>the</strong> customers, as well as sales in <strong>cash</strong><br />

during <strong>the</strong> period, represent receipts on which <strong>the</strong> Treasurer has no power.<br />

Such financial <strong>flow</strong>s correspond to a type <strong>of</strong> transactions to which <strong>the</strong> attitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasurer is purely passive. On<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, two sets <strong>of</strong> transactions are normally controlled by <strong>the</strong> head <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasury. These are, firstly, shortterm<br />

loans and <strong>the</strong>ir repayment, and <strong>the</strong> purchase and sale <strong>of</strong> securities. Therefore, at <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> INFLOWS,<br />

we can distinguish three kinds <strong>of</strong> financial transactions:<br />

Loans’ reimbursement and repayment <strong>of</strong> short-term funds;<br />

Purchases and sales <strong>of</strong> securities;<br />

All o<strong>the</strong>r transactions.<br />

The first two are controllable by <strong>the</strong> financial controller; <strong>the</strong> third, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, is sustained and sometimes<br />

even random. Consequently four groups <strong>of</strong> financial transactions will play on <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> INFLOW <strong>cash</strong>:<br />

Loans and repayments <strong>of</strong> funds lent to short term (non-random <strong>flow</strong>);<br />

Purchases and sales <strong>of</strong> securities (non-random <strong>flow</strong>);<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r random transactions;<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r transactions.<br />

The first two groups will be tools for balance between <strong>the</strong> hands <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasurer.<br />

2 - TRANSACTION COSTS AND REVENUES ASSOCIATED WITH THE "SECURITIES".<br />

Treasurer who behaves rationally, is expected to invest its funds that are Free <strong>of</strong> any sort <strong>of</strong> engagements in <strong>the</strong> form<br />

<strong>of</strong> "investment securities" (or even in <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> escrow account in Bank). These values should have <strong>the</strong><br />

characteristic to be bought and sold quite quickly and quite easily, and a probability <strong>of</strong> low loss. Transaction costs<br />

relating to <strong>the</strong> purchase and sale <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> securities represent a small percentage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transaction. But<br />

<strong>the</strong>se costs can be higher than gross income whereas, especially if <strong>the</strong> period <strong>of</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> security is short. In<br />

Page 55 <strong>of</strong> 124


addition, <strong>the</strong>se costs become very important accumulated over several periods. The securities revenue is eventually,<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r it was an interest or dividend, increased or decreased <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> added or minced value realized on <strong>the</strong> sold<br />

security.<br />

3 - THE DURATION OF THE PERIOD OF THE CASH FLOW FORECAST.<br />

Banks ask daily accounts to <strong>the</strong>ir customers on <strong>the</strong> status <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir bank balances. Interest expense, for example, apply<br />

every day. It does not seem possible, obviously, to change this state <strong>of</strong> affairs. Also, predictive analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> situation<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> must be daily and conducted value dates. The timing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> debt structure has a fundamental importance<br />

in this regard. So if we succeed to concentrate <strong>cash</strong> on some days, revenues will remain only random <strong>flow</strong>s. And, if<br />

you can know <strong>the</strong> probability distribution <strong>of</strong> income over <strong>the</strong> period <strong>of</strong> time that separates two liquidity out<strong>flow</strong>s, it<br />

can extend <strong>the</strong> forecast period. A longer forecast period allows to reduce <strong>the</strong> time devoted to <strong>the</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

position in reducing <strong>the</strong> frequency <strong>of</strong> labor, and <strong>the</strong>refore, <strong>the</strong> administrative costs...<br />

4 - MINIMUM CRITICAL BALANCE OF CASH.<br />

It is <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> below which <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> "<strong>cash</strong> break" begins to run.<br />

1 - The value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> minimum balance is critical.<br />

This value is <strong>the</strong>oretically zero. Many entrepreneurs while significantly above zero. Four essential reasons for this<br />

behavior:<br />

a) The fear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft.<br />

The fear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft encourages <strong>the</strong> Treasurer to maintain a minimum <strong>cash</strong> positive. Is requires no always<br />

enough if <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> idle funds is not more expensive than any discovered him.<br />

b) The requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> banker.<br />

It is in <strong>the</strong> interest <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> banker to get as strong as possible <strong>the</strong> deposit accounts. This provides, effectively, a mass<br />

<strong>of</strong> resources which he can benefit by placing <strong>the</strong>m in <strong>the</strong> very short term money market for example. Understandably<br />

so that <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> services that a bank can <strong>of</strong>fer a company (loans, credits, etc.) will depend on <strong>the</strong> average<br />

minimum balance <strong>of</strong> account it holds.<br />

c) The reasons for "reservations" we have already analyzed).<br />

d) The negligence <strong>of</strong> people in charge when <strong>the</strong>y ignore to form idle <strong>cash</strong> which <strong>the</strong>n is a sign <strong>of</strong> over-funding <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> activity.<br />

The Company should add a fifth reason: "minimum liquidity clause.<br />

All <strong>the</strong>se reasons are all <strong>the</strong> more critical that <strong>the</strong> company has several bank accounts.<br />

2 - Failure to observe <strong>the</strong> critical minimum engages costs.<br />

There are two ways to break this minimum and <strong>the</strong>refore to show breakdown <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> costs.<br />

(a) In <strong>the</strong> first place, <strong>the</strong> balance may actually fall below <strong>the</strong> critical minimum. In this case <strong>the</strong> incurred expenses<br />

may be tw<strong>of</strong>old:<br />

Page 56 <strong>of</strong> 124


Ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong>y consist on interest or o<strong>the</strong>r financial costs to <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> loan intended to restore <strong>the</strong><br />

minimum <strong>cash</strong>;<br />

Or, if <strong>the</strong> Bank grants overdraft, charges will be formed by financial charges which evaluation is set by <strong>the</strong><br />

banking regulation.<br />

(b) The critical minimum is not respected, in <strong>the</strong> second place, if <strong>the</strong> Treasurer decides to postpone <strong>the</strong> payment<br />

<strong>of</strong> overdue debts. In this case <strong>the</strong> costs come from renunciation <strong>of</strong> any discounts (<strong>cash</strong> discount, or on invoice),<br />

and <strong>of</strong> a possible deterioration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company reputation.<br />

5 - THE CHOSEN SAFETY MARGIN.<br />

There is a relationship between <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> breakdown <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> on hand at <strong>the</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong><br />

period. More <strong>the</strong> initial <strong>cash</strong> in<strong>flow</strong> is important more <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> failure is low: firstly, because <strong>the</strong> probability <strong>of</strong><br />

being overdrawn decreases, <strong>the</strong>n, because <strong>the</strong> amount likely overdraft is lowest. In addition, this safety margin<br />

should be even higher that <strong>the</strong> dispersion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> probability distribution <strong>of</strong> expected net <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s will be strong.<br />

One sees immediately that this margin affects <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. Preserved in <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> funds<br />

have only a low return or not return at all. In addition, <strong>the</strong> firm supports <strong>the</strong> financial burden associated with<br />

resources forming <strong>the</strong> counterpart <strong>of</strong> this <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

The choice <strong>of</strong> a margin <strong>of</strong> safety depends on arbitration that will make <strong>the</strong> leaders between risk and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

C – MODELIZATION OF THE COMPANY’S MONETARY INFLOWS MANAGEMENT.<br />

The companies’ <strong>cash</strong> can be speculated to a monetary stock whose level depends on a number <strong>of</strong> variables. As in <strong>the</strong><br />

determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimum volume <strong>of</strong> a stock <strong>of</strong> goods, two contradictory objectives guide <strong>the</strong> decision maker:<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability and safety.<br />

Searching for a better pr<strong>of</strong>itability led <strong>the</strong> Treasurer to minimize its <strong>cash</strong>. However, a certain amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is<br />

necessary to <strong>the</strong> survival <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. The establishment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimum volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is based on comparison<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> costs associated with each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two objectives<br />

The cost <strong>of</strong> breakdown <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>, on <strong>the</strong> one hand, which breaks down into:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Loss <strong>of</strong> purchasing opportunities,<br />

Loss <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 0.05% gain for <strong>the</strong> company;<br />

Obligation to borrow at high rates (Loans),<br />

Deterioration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> credit <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company,<br />

Possible insolvency,<br />

Affects <strong>the</strong> company’s reputation for <strong>the</strong> bankers;<br />

Etc.<br />

And, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> bloated <strong>cash</strong> which includes:<br />

<br />

<br />

The waiver to possible pr<strong>of</strong>its and remuneration,<br />

Vulnerability to monetary erosion and, where applicable, <strong>the</strong> exchange rate.<br />

The assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se costs, and consequently, <strong>the</strong> optimal level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> corresponding to <strong>the</strong> minimum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se<br />

costs is difficult to achieve. Indeed, most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>m depend on <strong>the</strong> opportunities available to <strong>the</strong> company. More<br />

difficult, perhaps, is to maintain <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> at its optimum level because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> large number <strong>of</strong> variables, sometimes<br />

Page 57 <strong>of</strong> 124


andom, involved, and determine <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements. Based on <strong>the</strong>se considerations many models<br />

were built by <strong>the</strong> company’s financial managers: The Director <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Financial Direction and <strong>the</strong> Treasurer, to<br />

determine <strong>the</strong> optimal amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to hold and define its management.<br />

If <strong>the</strong>se management <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> effort are always <strong>the</strong> same fundamental objective (ensuring better safety for <strong>the</strong><br />

greatest possible pr<strong>of</strong>itability), <strong>the</strong>y differ on many points: <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> simplifying assumptions <strong>of</strong> real business<br />

inside <strong>the</strong> company, <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ma<strong>the</strong>matical tools <strong>of</strong> investigation, etc. No monetary <strong>cash</strong> management model<br />

retains all <strong>the</strong> decision factors we have previously analyzed. The inaccuracy <strong>of</strong> responses bring <strong>the</strong>se models precisely<br />

depends on <strong>the</strong> translation <strong>of</strong> data in transaction and <strong>the</strong>ir treatment.<br />

The limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> in terms <strong>of</strong> stocks.<br />

All models responded only imperfectly to <strong>the</strong> questions posed by <strong>the</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> problems. Of course,<br />

at <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> concepts and <strong>the</strong>ir formulation <strong>the</strong>ir contribution is not negligible. They have, indeed, highlighted a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> relations, procedures, treatments and investigative tools useful in <strong>the</strong> decision-making. Thus, <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong><br />

idle funds and <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> failure <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> provide two guides effective management for <strong>the</strong> Treasurer. Similarly,<br />

optimization, simulation, and probability are o<strong>the</strong>r instruments at <strong>the</strong> disposal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> person in charge. However,<br />

each model ignores some important aspects <strong>of</strong> liquidity management and focuses on o<strong>the</strong>rs who do not fully<br />

replicate reality. In addition, <strong>the</strong>y have never been <strong>the</strong> subject sufficiently rigorous experimental verifications.<br />

Derived from reflections on <strong>the</strong> "<strong>the</strong>ory <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> demand for money by firms", <strong>the</strong>y are ultimately as "simple analytical<br />

curiosities."<br />

The analogy with inventory management models remains very limited both to explain <strong>the</strong> rational training <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

Stock<br />

Cash only to describe <strong>the</strong> rational realization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

Supply. We will try to show <strong>the</strong> shortcomings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se management models in two respects:<br />

That <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> liquidity<br />

And that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

1 - THE CONCEPT OF 'CASH-RESERVE' RETHINK.<br />

The increasing sophistication <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> models is accompanied by <strong>the</strong> gradual replacement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> objective "optimal<br />

financing" than "<strong>the</strong> optimal <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

First, no empirical assay was able to demonstrate <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> a <strong>cash</strong> incorporated for reasons <strong>of</strong> "reserve". Then<br />

<strong>the</strong> practice business teaches that <strong>the</strong>re are o<strong>the</strong>r means <strong>of</strong> protection against liquidity difficulties.<br />

1.1. THE FAILURES OF ANALYSIS TO PROVE THE EXISTENCE OF RESERVES INSIDE IWACO’S TREASURY<br />

All <strong>the</strong> analyzing work inside <strong>the</strong> treasury tend to show that <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> interest and<br />

<strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> transactions. More specifically, <strong>the</strong> demand for money would vary inversely to <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> interest and<br />

would be subject to economies <strong>of</strong> scale.<br />

1 - The nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> project research on <strong>the</strong> demand for money.<br />

While I was making this project inside <strong>the</strong> company, I tried to analyze <strong>the</strong> typology <strong>of</strong> work that is done inside <strong>the</strong><br />

treasury department and compare it with all <strong>the</strong> academic knowledge that I have learned, <strong>the</strong>n I came to <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

conclusion that many sectorial studies attempted to prove <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> economies <strong>of</strong> scale in <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong><br />

liquidity as well as its relationship to <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> interest.<br />

Page 58 <strong>of</strong> 124


(a) Economies <strong>of</strong> scale in <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity.<br />

By adopting an approach in terms <strong>of</strong> inventory management could think a priori, for any industrial area studied, <strong>the</strong><br />

variance <strong>of</strong> fluctuations in <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> should tend to increase less than proportionally to <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> sales,<br />

and thus to streng<strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> presumption <strong>of</strong> economies <strong>of</strong> scale. In fact <strong>the</strong> results are quite heterogeneous and cannot<br />

draw any conclusion.<br />

b) The rate <strong>of</strong> interest and <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity.<br />

Most statistical studies find an elasticity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> demand for money from <strong>the</strong> interest rate. Despite this fact, which<br />

could infer that <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> balances is <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> rational choice, <strong>the</strong>y cannot explain <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

totally or partly non - voluntary. According to how <strong>the</strong> INFLOWS and CASH is managed inside <strong>the</strong> treasury<br />

department, <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is a much more complex phenomenon that <strong>the</strong> empirical and <strong>the</strong>oretical research<br />

don’t assume<br />

2 – THE COMPLEXITY OF CASH INFLOWS CONCEPT<br />

The failure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work to demonstrate <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> a rational behavior in determining <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is not<br />

enough to make us reject <strong>the</strong> analysis in terms <strong>of</strong> stocks. Indeed, <strong>the</strong> models claim that define changes in <strong>the</strong> volume<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> freely chosen portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>. However, certain balances do not result from <strong>the</strong> economic calculation;<br />

<strong>the</strong>se are:<br />

The balances resulting from <strong>the</strong> inertia <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasurer;<br />

The <strong>cash</strong> coming from <strong>the</strong> imperfect synchronization <strong>of</strong> receipts and expenditures;<br />

The balances that exist because money can be spent, or that <strong>the</strong>re are Free <strong>of</strong> engagements;<br />

'Institutional' balances, such as <strong>the</strong> minimum deposit kept with banks.<br />

Many factors determine <strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>. And even as regards <strong>cash</strong> 'voluntary', although o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

strategic elements that those retained in <strong>the</strong> models, will affect <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity (banking costs, inflation,<br />

exchange rate risk, etc.) It is <strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong> normative value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> models that should be assessed in <strong>the</strong> light <strong>of</strong> habits<br />

and <strong>cash</strong> management practices, but also possible improvements possible. In fact, <strong>the</strong> practice business shows that<br />

<strong>the</strong> dis-synchronization <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s (transaction on <strong>the</strong> one hand pattern), and <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> unforeseen expenses<br />

(precautionary pattern) on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, can be compensated by different measures <strong>of</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

1.2- DESYNCHRONIZATION OF CASH FLOW AND LIQUIDITY DETENTION.<br />

The hypo<strong>the</strong>sis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company which retains a certain amount <strong>of</strong> money immediately available to deal with all<br />

instant expenditure that it must or wish to achieve at any given time must be reconsidered. Although at first glance<br />

it may be tempting to consider <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> a business as a stock <strong>of</strong> goods, <strong>the</strong> logic <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management is<br />

ano<strong>the</strong>r. The confusion stems from improper comparison that some authors have made between <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>of</strong> a firm<br />

management and <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stock <strong>of</strong> currency <strong>of</strong> a financial institution.<br />

As it was mentioned at <strong>the</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> this project; <strong>the</strong> company “IWACO” built ano<strong>the</strong>r financial part <strong>of</strong> its<br />

activities. This activity’s mission is to handle <strong>the</strong> Cash exchange inside <strong>the</strong> country in a legal frame called “CASH-<br />

PLUS”.<br />

For <strong>the</strong> treasury department, <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> this activity requires a certain separation between <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-<strong>flow</strong>s<br />

available inside <strong>the</strong> company’s Treasury. So for example, a post <strong>of</strong>fice is required to pay to view, to <strong>the</strong> subscribers<br />

whom are registered in this <strong>of</strong>fice, <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> bank chrges that are presented. It is same for a bank deposit, or a<br />

company’s savings. For <strong>the</strong> CASH-PLUS activity, at <strong>the</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> each day, this represents a potential request for<br />

Page 59 <strong>of</strong> 124


<strong>cash</strong>; and <strong>the</strong>refore, must be a stock to meet withdrawals <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> day. This <strong>cash</strong> is well comparable to a stock <strong>of</strong> goods.<br />

But extending this idea in terms <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management is abusive.<br />

1 - Control <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>.<br />

If systematic efforts are underway to obtain <strong>the</strong> highest possible synchronization between revenue and expenditure,<br />

<strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> loses its interest. The key to such a policy is <strong>the</strong> close control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> timing <strong>of</strong> receipts and<br />

payments. Effective objective is <strong>the</strong>refore not to maintain an optimum wheel <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>, but predict <strong>the</strong> size and date<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> funds resulting from <strong>the</strong> activity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, in necessary influence <strong>the</strong> occurrence and procure<br />

possibly, on time and at <strong>the</strong> lowest cost, additional availability.<br />

For almost all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> possible cases <strong>of</strong> management, <strong>the</strong> company IWACO’s <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s are largely predictable. So <strong>the</strong><br />

volume and maturity <strong>of</strong> many large transactions are under <strong>the</strong> direct control decision centers (financial management,<br />

control and management <strong>of</strong> audit...). O<strong>the</strong>r transactions are <strong>the</strong> normal accomplishments <strong>of</strong> past commitments. And<br />

even, in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> truly random, it is usually possible to reattach <strong>the</strong>m to some moves at least partially known or<br />

systematic. Searching for an optimum volume <strong>of</strong> liquidity to hold at <strong>the</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> period, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, away<br />

from <strong>the</strong> maker <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fundamental aspects <strong>of</strong> a genuine policy <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>: <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> traditional approach to value, on a purely <strong>the</strong>oretical level <strong>the</strong> intuitive reasons that sometimes push some<br />

companies to hold <strong>cash</strong>, it does not represent necessarily <strong>the</strong> most rational, and in any case <strong>the</strong> most effective<br />

attitude. It confuses what is (or believed to be), with which it should be. Therefore, insurance may be a sufficient tool<br />

to predict <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> in<strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

1.3 - THE ASSUMPTION OF THE UNEXPECTED AND THE DETENTION OF LIQUIDITY.<br />

Pointing out that presumably, could limit <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> precautionary <strong>cash</strong>, and <strong>the</strong>refore to reduce <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong><br />

detention <strong>of</strong> liquidity by resorting to insurance. However <strong>the</strong> risk management takes in businesses, a place more<br />

increasingly important and contributes to <strong>the</strong> achievement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> security objective. Insurance is <strong>the</strong> last link in this<br />

strategy <strong>of</strong> risk.<br />

Insurance is an operation by which "<strong>the</strong> insured" is promising, for a fee, "premium", by 'insurer' compensation, in<br />

<strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>of</strong> a risk defined in advance. But if insurance unloads <strong>the</strong> firm from <strong>the</strong> financial<br />

consequences <strong>of</strong> random events <strong>of</strong> costs, does nei<strong>the</strong>r totally nor free. Its role is not to support "<strong>the</strong> risk", but risks.<br />

Insurance changes <strong>the</strong> risk from an inknown object into an assured object. Indeed:<br />

Firstly, it transfers to ano<strong>the</strong>r, '<strong>the</strong> insurer', <strong>the</strong> potential financial burden <strong>of</strong> risk, which is <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> subject<br />

<strong>of</strong> a collective and not individual apprehension;<br />

On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, it enables <strong>the</strong> company to integrate <strong>the</strong> "stabilized" cost <strong>of</strong> risk in <strong>the</strong> cost price <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

production.<br />

It is up to <strong>the</strong> Manager to weigh <strong>the</strong> consequences on <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> realization <strong>of</strong> such or such risk.<br />

The final purpose <strong>of</strong> insurance is to transform a possible disaster in constant charge <strong>of</strong> exploitation. It is <strong>the</strong>refore<br />

appropriate to cover <strong>the</strong> risks which can be:<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r cause a crisis <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>;<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r create an operating loss;<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r compromise <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> investments.<br />

The manager is in all ways called to manage a modest amount <strong>of</strong> INFLOWS CASH coming from <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s <strong>cash</strong> situations. The role <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "head <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> risk and insurance management" is to search what are <strong>the</strong><br />

risks to which <strong>the</strong> company may have to face, analyze and evaluate <strong>the</strong>m financially, and <strong>the</strong>n is avoid, reduce,<br />

eliminate if possible, possibly to transfer <strong>the</strong>m to a third part.<br />

Page 60 <strong>of</strong> 124


Type <strong>of</strong><br />

Risk<br />

Analyze<br />

<strong>the</strong> Risk<br />

Evaluate<br />

<strong>the</strong> Risk<br />

Itercept<br />

<strong>the</strong> Risk<br />

Reduce<br />

<strong>the</strong> Risk<br />

Eliminate<br />

<strong>the</strong> Risk<br />

Eliminate<br />

<strong>the</strong> Risk<br />

After determining <strong>the</strong> residual risk, it considers that <strong>the</strong> company is not able to assume it, he (Treasury manager)<br />

decides to ensure that risk by adequate coverage. Indifference, negligence or distrust <strong>of</strong> insurance can result in<br />

serious financial difficulties, and even lead to bankruptcy in <strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> major disaster. The insurance is undoubtedly<br />

a financial burden for <strong>the</strong> company. But <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> insurance is relatively low compared to <strong>the</strong> guarantees and<br />

benefits it <strong>of</strong>fers. A disaster such as a fire is still very expensive by <strong>the</strong> induced financial consequences. Insurance<br />

changes <strong>the</strong> risk in some reduced cost; It prevents <strong>the</strong> creation <strong>of</strong> expensive idle <strong>cash</strong> and ultimately will prove to be<br />

insufficient in a claim; It allows to limit expenditures for prevention whenever possible; it compensates <strong>the</strong> lack <strong>of</strong><br />

financial resources <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> small and medium enterprises; It is a factor <strong>of</strong> improvement <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability and liquidity <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

Statistically impossible to measure, voluntary <strong>cash</strong> is no longer justified if <strong>the</strong> company strives to synchronize <strong>the</strong><br />

inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds, and if <strong>the</strong> protection against <strong>the</strong> risk is through prevention and insurance. In addition, it<br />

is difficult to see in <strong>the</strong> light <strong>of</strong> experience, how a company would retain a voluntary excess <strong>cash</strong> while it is in debt<br />

with its banks: it would maintain an idle <strong>cash</strong> 'funded' by a short-term high-cost credit. With respect to non-voluntary<br />

<strong>cash</strong>, should define <strong>the</strong> actions to take to reduce.<br />

2 – THE TREASURY-CASH FUNDING USING THE STOCK MANAGEMENT.<br />

In this regard, two a priori underlie <strong>the</strong>se models:<br />

Transfer (<strong>cash</strong> - securities) as essential means <strong>of</strong> financing policy;<br />

And <strong>the</strong> homogeneity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds.<br />

It is appropriate to assess <strong>the</strong> limits.<br />

2.1 - THE “TRANSFER POLICY” AS AN EQUILIBRIUM TOOL OF CASH-TREASURY: TRANSFER INTER-AGENCIES<br />

In this way <strong>of</strong> managing <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> in terms <strong>of</strong> inventory management transfer policy has an essential role. It is <strong>the</strong><br />

preferred means <strong>of</strong> deficits and pay <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> surplus. In any case it is not in reality <strong>the</strong> central role given to it by<br />

<strong>the</strong> models. This policy is nei<strong>the</strong>r always possible nor always pr<strong>of</strong>itable. For IWACO, such a policy is usually possible<br />

only on periods longer than one month, or in some cases, when <strong>the</strong> Product is needed in a specific area while it is<br />

ignored in ano<strong>the</strong>r one and <strong>the</strong> company can’t make ano<strong>the</strong>r call for <strong>the</strong> mo<strong>the</strong>r company to send <strong>the</strong> product; in<br />

one hand it costs money and takes time. In addition, it is pr<strong>of</strong>itable only under certain conditions. It is necessary:<br />

That a large volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong> through <strong>the</strong> company;<br />

That <strong>the</strong> investment period is long enough OR pr<strong>of</strong>itable enough.<br />

However, even when it is not systematic, a policy <strong>of</strong> investment <strong>of</strong> surpluses has its place in <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management.<br />

The choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> surplus should be based on <strong>the</strong> net <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>ile. But <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

management is not limited to establish a transfer policy. It must, on <strong>the</strong> one hand, to provide <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> requirements,<br />

and, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, to find <strong>the</strong> best financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se needs. As fur<strong>the</strong>r to now, <strong>the</strong> company has addressed <strong>the</strong><br />

first aspect <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> policy that we define very briefly. As to <strong>the</strong> second aspect, it has been also used according to<br />

<strong>the</strong> typology <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> need as we’ll explain it:<br />

Page 61 <strong>of</strong> 124


2.2 - THE ASSUMPTION OF THE HOMOGENEOUS NATURE OF THE FUNDS.<br />

All <strong>the</strong> management tools consider <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> composed <strong>of</strong> units <strong>of</strong> "means <strong>of</strong> Exchange" that <strong>the</strong>y equate to a good<br />

hardware units. The fundamental consequence is that manage <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>of</strong> a firm is to maintain a stock <strong>of</strong> currency<br />

to ensure <strong>the</strong> continuity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds that passes through <strong>the</strong> company. <strong>Optimization</strong> models are essentially<br />

interested in <strong>the</strong> variation in <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>; to a certain extent, simulation models seek to assess <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s that<br />

contribute to <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> this <strong>cash</strong>. All <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se models focus and overlook <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s, or more<br />

accurately, consider it implicitly homogeneous. In o<strong>the</strong>r words it ignores <strong>the</strong>ir causes and <strong>the</strong>ir <strong>flow</strong> mechanisms.<br />

This leads to extract <strong>cash</strong> from its context management and to reduce:<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r, to a policy <strong>of</strong> transfer <strong>cash</strong>-securities<br />

Or a caricatured financing policy.<br />

The nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s is not homogeneous: it depends on <strong>the</strong>ir origin and <strong>the</strong>ir destination, but also <strong>the</strong> length <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

period <strong>of</strong> observation and <strong>the</strong> currency with which <strong>the</strong>y have been evaluated. As many variables whose knowledge<br />

is <strong>the</strong> first condition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conduct <strong>of</strong> a genuine policy <strong>of</strong> Treasury, i.e. optimal adaptation between needs and<br />

financial means, gage solvency. Indeed, this adaptation means <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds and <strong>the</strong> efficient use<br />

<strong>of</strong> banking services; shares depends on <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>.<br />

1 - The nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s and adaptation between needs and financial means.<br />

No model is highlighting two seizure <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> levels:<br />

Firstly, <strong>the</strong> variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank balance,<br />

Secondly, <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cycle <strong>of</strong> exploitation (or circulating capital).<br />

Almost all models are concerned only with changes in <strong>the</strong> bank balance, without however providing a satisfactory<br />

approach. Some simulation models tend to confuse <strong>the</strong> two movements <strong>of</strong> IWACO’S TREASURY. For <strong>the</strong> treasurer,<br />

<strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se two operations remains on maintaining <strong>the</strong> “CASH-POOLING” <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s accounts.<br />

However, <strong>the</strong> needs in <strong>the</strong>se two cases are different, and <strong>the</strong>refore involve a specific funding. Indeed, <strong>the</strong> structure<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> money market is such that any source <strong>of</strong> funds cannot finance any need. It is even certain types <strong>of</strong> competition<br />

strictly tailored to <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> action. Revenues <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company are not composed <strong>of</strong> homogeneous units: <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

structure should condition <strong>the</strong>ir employment in order to protect - and even improve - <strong>the</strong> potential <strong>of</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

firm’s turnover.<br />

2 - The nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s and <strong>cash</strong> treasury movements.<br />

Statistical models, as opposed to ma<strong>the</strong>matical models, insist on <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> estimates. But <strong>the</strong>y consider<br />

<strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s as data. Now, admittedly, <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> acting on <strong>the</strong>ir behavior, and, <strong>the</strong>refore, to try <strong>the</strong><br />

synchronization <strong>of</strong> input and output <strong>flow</strong>s. Naturally, a perfect master assumes a thorough understanding <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s. We will try to draw procedures for reflection and work useful to policy-makers in this field,<br />

student including:<br />

We have seen that it is necessary to think <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transfer policy. Regards financing policy, we will see later, that it<br />

cannot be reduced to <strong>the</strong> simple needs-means confrontation: <strong>the</strong> needs as <strong>the</strong> means have specific characteristics<br />

which must be considered in order to compare <strong>the</strong>m. For example <strong>the</strong> export credits:<br />

The causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

Page 62 <strong>of</strong> 124


They may have originated an investment, a commitment to operate given or received, a bank credit, etc. In all cases<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> will be a particular behavior that should be identified.<br />

It is to analyze:<br />

Techniques <strong>of</strong> movements.<br />

Means <strong>of</strong> payment (case, , bills, transfers, etc.) ins<strong>of</strong>ar as <strong>the</strong>y influence <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>; rules <strong>of</strong><br />

movements <strong>of</strong> funds Bank registration (dates <strong>of</strong> value);<br />

The habits <strong>of</strong> partners (customers, suppliers, etc.);<br />

Time <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds (<strong>the</strong> ' float');<br />

The assessment <strong>of</strong> movements.<br />

The purchasing power <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> currency instability alters <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements. In this regard on account <strong>of</strong> its<br />

variation over time (inflation) and space (exchange rate risk).<br />

The frequency <strong>of</strong> movements.<br />

It will distinguish <strong>the</strong> movements 'permanent' (final as an investment, or repetitive as a business expense-related),<br />

and <strong>the</strong> 'transitional' (at sporadic or seasonal nature) movements, i.e. cyclically activity.<br />

3 - The nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s and <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> banking services.<br />

Any monetary problems such as management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company is dependent on <strong>the</strong> institutional factor<br />

that constitutes <strong>the</strong> banking system. Financial institutions ensure <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> funds between companies <strong>of</strong> groups. In<br />

addition, <strong>the</strong>y have a fundamental role in financing <strong>the</strong> activity <strong>of</strong> firms acting as sponsors, lenders, or 'relay'<br />

temporary. It has been said that <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management was closely subject to <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> Bank-enterprise relations.<br />

Still need to know and use <strong>the</strong> services that one is entitled to expect <strong>of</strong> its bank.<br />

At best, it will never go beyond a fair compensation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> net gains that <strong>the</strong> firm allows him to achieve. To be able<br />

to enjoy <strong>the</strong> services rendered and <strong>the</strong> need to negotiate, <strong>the</strong> contractor must, <strong>the</strong>refore, assess <strong>the</strong> gains from <strong>cash</strong><br />

<strong>flow</strong> passing through <strong>the</strong> Bank<br />

The analogy with inventory management models is <strong>the</strong>refore facing serious difficulties. First, we notice that <strong>the</strong><br />

management methods used inside <strong>the</strong> company are not as easy to implement <strong>the</strong>ir simplifying assumptions <strong>of</strong> reality<br />

could leave it hoped. This is due to <strong>the</strong> fact - analytical strength set apart - that <strong>the</strong>y do not correspond to <strong>the</strong> concerns<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasury’s manager. The transfer policy does not have this central role, and <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> a short-term funding<br />

is based on serious forecast. Then, <strong>the</strong> employee approach which consists in extracting <strong>cash</strong> from <strong>the</strong> rest <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> life<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company management, if it is attractive and convenient in terms <strong>of</strong> analysis remains not less perfectly arbitrary<br />

and dangerous.<br />

Indeed, managers believe implicitly that a balance exists between <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s, and simply <strong>of</strong>fer to make pr<strong>of</strong>itable <strong>the</strong><br />

management in determining what should be retained in <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>, and what it takes place. Also, <strong>the</strong>y reduce<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management optimization <strong>of</strong> a species-titles by appropriate transfers stock. This policy is based on <strong>the</strong> idea<br />

that "it is prepared to sacrifice pr<strong>of</strong>its to have a better liquidity situation."<br />

On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r side, we will attach to demonstrate that a policy that makes every effort, to achieve sync stream inputs<br />

and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds, improves both liquidity and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

Page 63 <strong>of</strong> 124


But <strong>the</strong>n, a systematic approach to <strong>the</strong> problem is necessary. Indeed, all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shares in <strong>the</strong> company have<br />

consequences in terms <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>; and conversely <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> may be a constraint on its activities. This set <strong>of</strong> elements<br />

interacting is a real system. In o<strong>the</strong>r words <strong>the</strong> problem <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> must be addressed comprehensively. The <strong>cash</strong><br />

management modeling, instead, is just a simplification <strong>of</strong> reality: it defines isolated financial relationships and<br />

describes <strong>the</strong>refore only a part <strong>of</strong> all that represents '<strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> system '. Lack <strong>of</strong> models is undoubtedly <strong>the</strong> fact to<br />

have been composed before any critical analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> '<strong>cash</strong>-system '.<br />

Cash management is:<br />

On <strong>the</strong> one hand, to predict and control <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>;<br />

Secondly, to search and use <strong>the</strong> means to achieve a balance between <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

This action led to two levels:<br />

On <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank balance,<br />

On <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> working capital fluctuations.<br />

Page 64 <strong>of</strong> 124


I. PRESENTATION OF THE ANALYSIS MODEL<br />

In this chapter, it is necessary to present <strong>the</strong> model that was elaborated and pre-studied in order to reach <strong>the</strong> main<br />

goal <strong>of</strong> optimizing a treasury, and for our case, <strong>the</strong> IWACO’s treasury. The construction <strong>of</strong> this model allows us to<br />

identify <strong>the</strong> weakness and <strong>the</strong> strength <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company in many sides <strong>of</strong> its <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s but also to make few<br />

propositions and recommendations <strong>of</strong> how to solve <strong>the</strong> financial difficulties and about its optimization.<br />

In this chapter, we will also reserve space to declare <strong>the</strong> manuals and ways with which we could’ve collect <strong>the</strong><br />

necessary data for our study from <strong>the</strong> inside and <strong>the</strong> outside.<br />

Like announced KHOURY (1999: 164), “There are so many models <strong>of</strong> financial analysis as <strong>the</strong>re are analysts and<br />

analysis concerns almost. The idea that it is important to remember is that any financial analysis must be structured<br />

on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> its purpose no matter <strong>the</strong> model.” There isn’t <strong>the</strong>n anything such as a “Universal” model convenient<br />

to a certain financial situation <strong>of</strong> a firm, nor to its <strong>cash</strong> management. The model that we’re proposing here, describes<br />

<strong>the</strong> steps that we’ve followed to achieve <strong>the</strong> optimization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> IWACO’s treasury. From what’s previous, <strong>the</strong> model<br />

that we’re proposing is in <strong>the</strong> next page in <strong>the</strong> figure n°2, Research’s Path:<br />

Page 65 <strong>of</strong> 124


Page 66 <strong>of</strong> 124


II.<br />

DATA COLLECTION TOOLS<br />

For what is a financial resource, this analysis is more specified in <strong>the</strong> banking sources from an angle where <strong>the</strong><br />

company deals with bankers and financial institutions to manage <strong>the</strong> overdraft and <strong>the</strong> loans seeing that <strong>the</strong>y both<br />

represent <strong>the</strong> main source in finding funds for <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

1. ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT:<br />

Accounting service is considered as one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> most important resources for <strong>the</strong> company seeing that <strong>the</strong>y are <strong>the</strong><br />

first people to have <strong>the</strong> legal justifications <strong>of</strong> having funds, spending funds and possible spending. The accounting<br />

service as it’s in mutual contact with <strong>the</strong> treasury, its role is to provide any illegal transaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. As<br />

for <strong>the</strong>ir function, <strong>the</strong>y’re responsible on doing <strong>the</strong> daily follow <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial <strong>flow</strong>s in <strong>the</strong> company’s bank<br />

accounts and treasury, <strong>the</strong>refore, <strong>the</strong>ir mutual contact with <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> manager is based on verifying ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong><br />

transaction have been done on <strong>the</strong> right time with <strong>the</strong> exact amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> in <strong>the</strong> appropriate bank account and<br />

<strong>the</strong>n inform immediately <strong>the</strong> treasury department.<br />

2. TREASURY DEPARTMENT:<br />

The Treasury is on <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial sources for this study or analysis, seeing that <strong>the</strong>y have <strong>the</strong> main role in<br />

ga<strong>the</strong>ring all <strong>the</strong> financial information about <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s inside <strong>the</strong> company and for how long <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s<br />

could stay stable. As a treasury department; <strong>the</strong>ir main function is to analysis <strong>the</strong> daily fluctuations and variations<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company in order to justify <strong>the</strong> balance at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> day. Usually this operation <strong>of</strong><br />

following <strong>the</strong> daily transaction and <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s, depends mostly on <strong>the</strong> relation and information that this department<br />

gets from <strong>the</strong> purchasing department seeing that <strong>the</strong> main activity <strong>of</strong> this company is <strong>the</strong> distribution, and <strong>the</strong> main<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>it is managed or realized by buying <strong>the</strong> most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s products and goods and sell <strong>the</strong>m on <strong>the</strong> market.<br />

The treasury department is responsible also on <strong>the</strong> elaboration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forecast financial study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company,<br />

which allows <strong>the</strong>m to have <strong>the</strong> first idea and prediction about <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s that <strong>the</strong> company might<br />

have by <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> month or even <strong>the</strong> day. This elaboration gives <strong>the</strong> department <strong>the</strong> priority <strong>of</strong> controlling <strong>the</strong><br />

extra funds or <strong>the</strong> deficit is existed according to <strong>the</strong> financial administration decision. Therefore, this department<br />

is considered as <strong>the</strong> main source <strong>of</strong> knowing <strong>the</strong> nature and variability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s inside <strong>the</strong> company and<br />

<strong>the</strong>refore control <strong>the</strong>se <strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

3. THE FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION:<br />

The financial Direction is mostly directed by <strong>the</strong> global direction or <strong>the</strong> DG as <strong>the</strong>y call it. Its main role is to contribute<br />

in <strong>the</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company or most, managing <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company in a way<br />

that <strong>the</strong>y get to be managed, controlled, optimized and well organized in <strong>the</strong> short term as for <strong>the</strong> long term. This<br />

direction was a first source information for my study seeing that <strong>the</strong>y are <strong>the</strong> head <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury department that<br />

allowed me to have <strong>the</strong> exact information on <strong>the</strong> treasury and <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s. The ga<strong>the</strong>red information from this<br />

direction were a source <strong>of</strong> elaborating <strong>the</strong> analysis and study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> direction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forecast (global scenarios that<br />

could be elaborated).<br />

Page 67 <strong>of</strong> 124


4. THE PURCHASING DEPARTMENT:<br />

The purchasing department was useful for this study in too many ways. The general contribution was on <strong>the</strong> level<br />

<strong>of</strong> ga<strong>the</strong>ring information on <strong>the</strong> sets and basis <strong>of</strong> working for this company, in o<strong>the</strong>r terms, how does <strong>the</strong> company<br />

make pr<strong>of</strong>it from selling. This department was basically <strong>the</strong> key for making this study an exact one for <strong>the</strong> company<br />

seeing that <strong>the</strong> financial decision was taken by <strong>the</strong> financial direction, but <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> translation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se decision<br />

have been taken and done by this department on <strong>the</strong> real field. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> purchasing department represents<br />

for sure a first source <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

Generally, <strong>the</strong> collection <strong>of</strong> information for this study could’ve be done on too many levels and from too many<br />

departments but it all depends on how long and large this study could’ve be taken. Yet, from my point <strong>of</strong> view and<br />

because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> study should be done in a straight and direct way to achieve exactly how <strong>the</strong> optimization <strong>of</strong> a<br />

treasury could be done, It was based on fore major sources <strong>of</strong> fore major departments: Financial Direction, Treasury<br />

(Cash-Management), Accounting and Purchasing department.<br />

CONCLUSION OF THE FIRST PART:<br />

Reading from books and all this literature allowed us to make our own point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> situation <strong>of</strong> this<br />

company’s treasury and to know all <strong>the</strong> objectives and mains to know how to optimize <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> inside <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

And also, this first part gives us an idea on how to manage <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company by controlling <strong>the</strong> treasury<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm without changing <strong>the</strong> main stable variables <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, or going through a new loan or line credit.<br />

We’ve learned from this reading also that to manage a firm’s treasury doesn’t mean only managing <strong>the</strong> external<br />

<strong>flow</strong>s that a company can have from doing its activity <strong>of</strong> buying and selling but also by taking control <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inside<br />

<strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company that are most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> time forgotten, not well managed or else.<br />

More than that, we’ve got enlightened by this reading to know <strong>the</strong> right path to follow during <strong>the</strong> practical analysis<br />

in order to achieve <strong>the</strong> optimization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury.<br />

Page 68 <strong>of</strong> 124


Part II: The Practice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Cash-<br />

Treasury <strong>Optimization</strong> inside<br />

IWACO’s Company<br />

Page 69 <strong>of</strong> 124


In this country, Morocco, <strong>the</strong> telecommunication market is dominated by three major operators; Maroctelecom,<br />

Meditel and recently INWI. These three operators share <strong>the</strong> Moroccan field and share it between a dominator and a<br />

follower, for <strong>the</strong> current moment, Maroctelecom controls most <strong>of</strong> this field, followed by Meditel and now INWI. Yet,<br />

this division is not a long term position <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> classification. Recently, INWI started to dominate <strong>the</strong> field and taking<br />

old part <strong>of</strong> Maroctelecom or Meditel, all that measurement was based on <strong>the</strong> accurate situation and strategies that<br />

INWI makes in order to battle <strong>the</strong> competition. As any o<strong>the</strong>r company that works in <strong>the</strong> telecommunication field,<br />

INWI has at its side fore major distributer to which INWI contributes <strong>the</strong> mission <strong>of</strong> distributing <strong>the</strong> products and<br />

services. Each distributer belongs to its own group or holding and share <strong>the</strong> same producer that is INWI.<br />

IWACO’s a company that belongs to <strong>the</strong> T-MAN HOLDING, located in SIDI MAAROUF near to<br />

CASANEARSHORE. As a telecommunication service distributer, its main activity is based on commercializing<br />

<strong>the</strong> products and services that INWI produces.<br />

I. INTERNAL ENVIRONNMENT:<br />

A. Organizational Structure<br />

The following Diagram represents <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> IWACO’s organization and position <strong>of</strong> each department<br />

in <strong>the</strong> company’s structure presented in <strong>the</strong> following figure n° 3, Structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company:<br />

Page 70 <strong>of</strong> 124


Page 71 <strong>of</strong> 124


B. Organization and function<br />

1. Management Control:<br />

Right after <strong>the</strong> general direction, this department’s main role maintains in <strong>the</strong> fact that <strong>the</strong>y manage <strong>the</strong><br />

global management <strong>of</strong> this company. Fur<strong>the</strong>r than that, <strong>the</strong>y verify for each department <strong>the</strong> way <strong>the</strong>y<br />

manage <strong>the</strong> company’s activity with what is contributed for <strong>the</strong>m as tasks, and <strong>the</strong>n, a global report is sent<br />

to <strong>the</strong> GD to make <strong>the</strong>m aware <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> facts about this firm’s management structure in order to keep an eye<br />

open on all departments.<br />

2. Inspection and Audit:<br />

Unlike what <strong>the</strong> MC, this department’s job is to verify if <strong>the</strong> work procedures are done correctly or not,<br />

thou, not all departments are related to this one but mostly those that are in constant contact with <strong>the</strong><br />

field and <strong>the</strong> operational services. Again, a global report is sent after finishing <strong>the</strong> inspection and sent to<br />

<strong>the</strong> GD.<br />

3. Purchase & Logistic Direction:<br />

As a company that deals with daily arrives <strong>of</strong> merchandises and goods, this department’s main role is to<br />

supervise <strong>the</strong>se arrivals according to <strong>the</strong> physical and financial estates. In order to make this task happen,<br />

this department is in daily contact with <strong>the</strong> exploitation and logistic purchase services. Each services is<br />

responsible on a side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se merchandises from <strong>the</strong> arrival until <strong>the</strong> payment.<br />

4. Financial & Administrative Direction:<br />

As <strong>the</strong> most important department, <strong>the</strong> financial administration controls <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company<br />

and manages <strong>the</strong> way <strong>of</strong> distributing <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong>s in <strong>the</strong> company’s bank. Generally, <strong>the</strong> global decision about<br />

<strong>the</strong> company’s Cash is made and taken in this department.<br />

5. B to C:<br />

The B to C department is <strong>the</strong> commercial part <strong>of</strong> small clients or as <strong>the</strong>y call <strong>the</strong>m; Grossest and Franchise.<br />

These to client are considered <strong>the</strong> main and principal segment that <strong>the</strong> company obtain on <strong>the</strong> market and<br />

with which <strong>the</strong> company make most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it. Adding to <strong>the</strong>se two, <strong>the</strong>re is also o<strong>the</strong>r activities that<br />

<strong>the</strong> company created and made <strong>the</strong>m <strong>the</strong>ir own regular clients too.<br />

6. B to B:<br />

The B to B is <strong>the</strong> Business to Business, where <strong>the</strong> company guarantees <strong>the</strong> big head clients that make major<br />

turnover for <strong>the</strong> company. They represents <strong>the</strong> commercial department <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

7. Marketing & Communication:<br />

As a distributer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> INWI Company, very <strong>of</strong>ten, <strong>the</strong> marketing decision come from <strong>the</strong> producer and be<br />

executed by IWACO (and o<strong>the</strong>r competitors). Therefore, this department is directly related to <strong>the</strong> INWI<br />

marketing service, yet, when in <strong>the</strong> special events, IWACO organize its own events and merchandize <strong>the</strong>m<br />

in cooperation with <strong>the</strong> commercial service.<br />

Page 72 <strong>of</strong> 124


8. Development:<br />

Currently, this department is absent, seeing that <strong>the</strong> company work in <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> group “T-MAN<br />

HOLDING”, and on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r side, works in <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> producer INWI.<br />

9. Micros<strong>of</strong>t Activity:<br />

In order to reserve <strong>the</strong> company’s information, this part will not be discussed during this research.<br />

10. S.A.V Activity:<br />

Is nothing more than <strong>the</strong> sales administration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

II.<br />

EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT:<br />

A. Company’s operating field<br />

1. Market<br />

The company operates in <strong>the</strong> telecommunication market. This market is known as <strong>the</strong> most pr<strong>of</strong>itable<br />

market on which all companies take parts ei<strong>the</strong>r as clients or sponsors or suppliers, and most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>m are<br />

clients.<br />

Morocco benefits from having one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> most advanced telecommunications markets in Africa. The sector<br />

is efficiently managed by an independent regulator, and developments within <strong>the</strong> market segments are<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten used as a model in o<strong>the</strong>r countries.<br />

With an effectively competitive mobile sector, Morocco also has one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> highest penetration rates in <strong>the</strong><br />

region. The three mobile network operators have become <strong>the</strong> main internet service providers through <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

networks, which are expected to be upgraded with LTE technology by <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> 2014 following <strong>the</strong> auction<br />

<strong>of</strong> suitable spectrum.<br />

Vivendi’s sale <strong>of</strong> its 53% stake in MT in late 2013 to Etisalat is expected to introduce a new dynamic to a<br />

company which has been obliged to reduce <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> employees in recent years in a bid to cut<br />

operating costs.<br />

The fixed-line market remains underdeveloped despite <strong>the</strong> launch <strong>of</strong> a second and third network operator<br />

to compete with Maroc Telecom. Fixed-line penetration has fallen since 2010 while <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> lines is<br />

expected to fall to about 2.9 million by <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> 2014. This reflects consumers’ preference for mobile<br />

services.<br />

A similar trend is seen in <strong>the</strong> broadband market, where <strong>the</strong> dominance <strong>of</strong> Maroc telecom’s ADSL service<br />

has waned dramatically in recent years. Having once accounted for over 90% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> market, by <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong><br />

2013 ADSL represented only 15% <strong>of</strong> internet subscribers, with 3G representing almost 85%. Never<strong>the</strong>less,<br />

fixed-line infrastructure is being upgraded as part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> government’s ten-year National Broadband Plan<br />

which aims to provide fixed or mobile broadband access to <strong>the</strong> entire population by 2022.<br />

Page 73 <strong>of</strong> 124


Some Market highlights:<br />

Majority stake in Maroc Telecom sold to Etisalat;<br />

Commercial LTE services expected in late 2014 or early 2015;<br />

New terabit international fiber optic cable lands;<br />

Fixed-mobile convergence streng<strong>the</strong>ns;<br />

Mobile broadband accounting for 85% <strong>of</strong> all internet connections;<br />

National Broadband Plan 2012-2022;<br />

Mobile subscriptions continue to grow at 8%.<br />

2. Suppliers: WANA Corporate<br />

Initially founded by Karim Zaz, Maroc Connect started marketing its Internet services representing <strong>the</strong><br />

brand Wanadoo, using <strong>the</strong> name Wana for a few years. The company was later controlled by <strong>the</strong> Moroccan<br />

conglomerate ONA, with <strong>the</strong> Zain <strong>of</strong> Kuwait holding about 32% <strong>of</strong> equity since 2009. Following an<br />

agreement with <strong>the</strong> consortium Kuwaiti Zain / Ajial, 2.85 billion were invested in exchange for 32% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

new company. On February 24, 2010, <strong>the</strong> former ONA WANA brand was given a face-lift, change <strong>of</strong> name,<br />

corporate identity and strategy.<br />

Internet:<br />

Initially, in order to avoid <strong>the</strong> high cost <strong>of</strong> wiring and installations and to quickly serve <strong>the</strong> commercial<br />

market, INWI used Last Mile Wireless Delivery Systems) to provide internet connection to <strong>the</strong> market.<br />

Claims to have EDGE and 2G coverage in 45% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> country, with prepaid and contract After Sales 200DH<br />

(18 €) 1MG.<br />

Mobile phones:<br />

The service was started on February 7, 2007 breaking a record <strong>of</strong> subscriptions to its services: 24000 in one<br />

day. With about 2 million customers, is <strong>the</strong> third operator with 3G license. With an <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>of</strong> "Tic Tac" INWI<br />

introduced per second billing from <strong>the</strong> first second. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong> rate is only 0.07 cents per second for<br />

all operators and at any time. The prepaid BlackBerry services in <strong>the</strong> SIM card to 20 dirhams, or access to<br />

MSN Messenger 5 dirhams per hour are all exclusive INWI.<br />

Branches:<br />

More than 50.000 in all Morocco.<br />

3. Clients<br />

IWACO as a delegated distributor for INWI knows as WANA CORPORATE earlier, is fixing <strong>the</strong> eyes on <strong>the</strong><br />

typology <strong>of</strong> clients that INWI has studied. In first beginnings, <strong>the</strong> clients were <strong>the</strong> small customers and<br />

particular clients, and by <strong>the</strong> time goes, <strong>the</strong> zone took a bigger size to ga<strong>the</strong>r Small and Big companies.<br />

The segments <strong>of</strong> clients are divided into types; <strong>the</strong> small clients are represented in <strong>the</strong> grossest and <strong>the</strong><br />

franchise, that usually play <strong>the</strong> role <strong>of</strong> intermediate between <strong>the</strong> producer and <strong>the</strong> final clients, yet, <strong>the</strong>y<br />

also form a type <strong>of</strong> clients. But <strong>the</strong> final clients also represents <strong>the</strong>mselves in <strong>the</strong> area <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s<br />

environment from a side where <strong>the</strong> producer and <strong>the</strong> distributer has <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> doing <strong>the</strong> direct<br />

selling as <strong>the</strong> indirect (through distributers). And <strong>the</strong>n, <strong>the</strong>re are <strong>the</strong> big and small companies, <strong>the</strong>se clients<br />

are considered as <strong>the</strong> most important clients since <strong>the</strong>y represent <strong>the</strong> biggest part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover.<br />

Page 74 <strong>of</strong> 124


B. Dynamical competition<br />

While <strong>the</strong> Moroccan telecoms market remains under-saturated, its three mobile operators have<br />

experienced robust growth in recent years, both at home and abroad. Meditel, which received a mobile<br />

license in 2000, is <strong>the</strong> kingdom's first private operator, holding 36.69% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> market. While <strong>the</strong> company<br />

performed strongly last year, registering a 17% growth in client base (to 7.4m) over <strong>the</strong> first three quarters<br />

<strong>of</strong> 2008, it began to falter as consumer spending slowed, resulting in a 1% annual increase in turnover for<br />

Q2 2009. Meditel's focus on lower-income markets impacted <strong>the</strong>ir average revenue per user, which fell by<br />

16%, but <strong>the</strong> resulting expansion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> customer base helped drive up <strong>the</strong> country's mobile penetration<br />

rate from 65.7% in 2007 to 74% in 2008. Meditel's biggest competitor is Maroc Telecom, holding 60.71% <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> market. A former state monopoly now controlled by French entertainment giant Vivendi, Maroc<br />

Telecom is one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> region's fastest-growing multinational telecoms operators, actively pursuing<br />

expansion across northwest Africa, including Gabon, Mauritania and Burkina Faso. MT has announced plans<br />

to create a fibre-optic network connecting <strong>the</strong> Moroccan cities Laâyoune and Dakhla to Nouadhibou, which<br />

would ultimately be extended to o<strong>the</strong>r North African countries.<br />

Meditel and MT operated a duopoly until 2008, when <strong>the</strong> state regulator Agence Nationale de<br />

Réglementation des Télécommunications waved in Wana, owned by Morocco's Omnium Nord Africain.<br />

Though holding a tiny share (2.6%) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> voice market, this new player has captured a majority <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> 3G market (69.11%). Total subscribers for this new technology increased 527% in 2008. Earlier this year,<br />

Wana sold a 31% stake for €228m to <strong>the</strong> partnership <strong>of</strong> two Kuwaiticompanies, mobile operator Zain and<br />

Al Ajial Investment Fund Holding, to help finance <strong>the</strong> roll out <strong>of</strong> its 15-year 2G GSM network at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong><br />

2009. Moroccans pay a very high rate for Internet access but <strong>the</strong> connection is slower than dial-up. This is<br />

because Moroccan consumers are not protected, nor do <strong>the</strong>y know that Americans pay half <strong>the</strong> rate and<br />

receive high speed internet access.<br />

Page 75 <strong>of</strong> 124


SECTION 1: INFLOWS GLOBAL MANAGEMENT<br />

Excess <strong>cash</strong> translates into <strong>cash</strong> idle source <strong>of</strong> opportunity costs. Moreover, sleeping money involves financial costs.<br />

It is financed by funds that have a cost to <strong>the</strong> company. When <strong>cash</strong> is on deficit, is generally filled by bank credits.<br />

Manage its <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> is to strive to make <strong>the</strong> balances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company in each store also nearby zero as possible. As<br />

for <strong>the</strong> company, IWACO’s considered a first distributer for <strong>the</strong> INWI mobile operator, for which activity, <strong>the</strong> company<br />

benefits from two credit lines, one in <strong>the</strong> BMCE bank and ano<strong>the</strong>r one in AWB bank; yet <strong>the</strong> problem arrives when<br />

<strong>the</strong> company compares <strong>the</strong> INFLOWS stocked in <strong>the</strong> two banks and come out with <strong>the</strong> conclusion that <strong>the</strong> banks<br />

which benefits from <strong>the</strong> more than 50% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> IWACO’s turnover is <strong>the</strong> same bank that <strong>of</strong>fers less credit in <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s bank account , For this purpose <strong>the</strong> financial manager must:<br />

Firstly, detect and remove all waste through better knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s;<br />

Secondly, assess <strong>the</strong> conditions granted by <strong>the</strong> banks to <strong>the</strong> company and enter into any new negotiations.<br />

I- The control <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> and cost savings.<br />

Treasurers few know precisely <strong>the</strong> value and <strong>the</strong> behavior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s. This ignorance leads to <strong>the</strong> formalization<br />

<strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong> hardly noticeable at first sight. The company supports "<strong>the</strong> unnecessary cost <strong>of</strong> money who sleeps” by<br />

<strong>the</strong> fear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “Overdraft” or <strong>the</strong> Credit Line. These funds are at <strong>the</strong> origin <strong>of</strong> a huge waste <strong>of</strong> financial expenses. To<br />

improve <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> its <strong>cash</strong> in <strong>the</strong> short term, <strong>the</strong> company shall keep accounts "in value dates.<br />

A - FORMALIZATION OF IDLE CASH.<br />

The bank balances too approximate knowledge coupled with <strong>the</strong> fear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> debit balance causes <strong>the</strong> formalization<br />

<strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

1 - THE LACK OF BANK BALANCES.<br />

Banking movement’s accounts held by <strong>the</strong> company 'in dates <strong>of</strong> operation" mask <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> funds unused <strong>cash</strong><br />

and transit ("float"), generating costs.<br />

1.1 - Accounting is held "in dates <strong>of</strong> operation”.<br />

Indeed, <strong>the</strong> Treasurer records in its books variations bank balances at <strong>the</strong>ir date <strong>of</strong> posting and not <strong>of</strong> occurrence.<br />

Thus in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> a supplier paid by check, <strong>the</strong> check issued a given day will be counted in spending at its date <strong>of</strong><br />

issuance. In fact, <strong>the</strong> Bank will discharge <strong>the</strong> company’s account unless two days pass after presenting <strong>the</strong> check to<br />

<strong>the</strong> bank 'two days <strong>of</strong> Bank": this is <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transaction date. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, usually <strong>the</strong> creditor doesn’t<br />

present immediately this check for collection; this will increase <strong>the</strong> gap between <strong>the</strong> trade date and <strong>the</strong> value date;<br />

yet, for <strong>the</strong> IWACO case, <strong>the</strong> suppliers present immediately <strong>the</strong> check for discharge in banks and <strong>the</strong>n same do <strong>the</strong>m.<br />

The Treasurer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company <strong>the</strong>refore tends to underestimate constantly balance Bank. The first phenomenon led<br />

to "oversize" its use <strong>of</strong> bank financing and let develop idle <strong>cash</strong>. The importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "float" exacerbates this<br />

situation.<br />

Page 76 <strong>of</strong> 124


1.2 - The existence and <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "float".<br />

We understand, from what has just been said, that <strong>the</strong> "float" represents all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds in transit. They are indeed<br />

at <strong>the</strong> company, but cannot be used because <strong>the</strong>y are temporarily stuck in <strong>the</strong> banking system during <strong>the</strong> recovery<br />

process.<br />

Figure n° 4, shows <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "float".<br />

The amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "float" can be calculated in <strong>the</strong> following way; ei<strong>the</strong>r:<br />

F <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> float,<br />

T <strong>the</strong> recovery time means (for <strong>the</strong> debtor or creditor) in days,<br />

CA annual turnover,<br />

F = T x (CA / 365)<br />

In percentage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover:<br />

F = (T / 365) x 100<br />

For example, if <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> average recovering is up to 8 days:<br />

F = (8 / 365) x 100<br />

Equals to 2.19 % <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover.<br />

Page 77 <strong>of</strong> 124


2 - THE FEAR OF THE DEBIT BALANCE.<br />

A second generator cause <strong>of</strong> unused funds lies in <strong>the</strong> attitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company with regard to <strong>the</strong> overdraft. Fear <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> overdraft is for <strong>the</strong>se companies to three main reasons:<br />

The fear <strong>of</strong> being forced to use <strong>the</strong> more expensive short-term credit because it’s <strong>the</strong> quicker;<br />

The fear <strong>of</strong> antagonizing his banker by this unexpected funding requirement;<br />

The fear, ultimately giving birth to rumors about <strong>the</strong> financial soundness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

These concerns are so vivid that <strong>the</strong>y grow to stop after have mobilized <strong>the</strong>m, <strong>of</strong> large <strong>cash</strong> surplus. This behavior is<br />

sometimes erected in <strong>the</strong> company where retain permanently a bank balance very much positive. In any case, it is a<br />

sign <strong>of</strong> poor control <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>: <strong>the</strong> person in charge will cover, as a security, well beyond its real needs, it cannot assess<br />

with rigor. In <strong>the</strong>se circumstances it is for <strong>the</strong> company to borrow money from his bank and to put free part at its<br />

disposal. In addition to <strong>the</strong> shortfall, in opportunity cost, <strong>the</strong>se bank balances cost weighted average rate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

capital, or "cost <strong>of</strong> capital".<br />

3 - THE IMPORTANCE OF UNUSED FUNDS AND ITS CONSEQUENCES.<br />

Any unspent funds affect <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. In addition, <strong>the</strong>y do not represent a sufficient guarantee <strong>of</strong><br />

solvency.<br />

1 - Statistical Evaluation <strong>of</strong> unused funds.<br />

This is to give an order <strong>of</strong> magnitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> phenomenon in terms <strong>of</strong> proper idle <strong>cash</strong> as <strong>the</strong> "float".<br />

a) Assessment <strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

We can appreciate <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sums <strong>of</strong> money on <strong>the</strong> company’s account, "banks and postal check", and<br />

<strong>the</strong>refore unnecessarily financed, by examining <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> this position on <strong>the</strong> balance sheet syn<strong>the</strong>tic and<br />

summary <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> accounting data <strong>of</strong> IWACO subject to <strong>the</strong> regime <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> actual pr<strong>of</strong>it.<br />

Can also measure <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> unnecessarily funded funds by looking at <strong>the</strong> balance sheets <strong>of</strong> major French<br />

banks <strong>of</strong> deposit, under <strong>the</strong> heading in <strong>the</strong> passive: "accounts <strong>of</strong> enterprises. Table 10 below, brings toge<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong><br />

accounts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, contained liability side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance sheet <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. These idle<br />

balances properly say, ads "float". The percentage presents <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> account from <strong>the</strong> global amount <strong>of</strong><br />

in<strong>flow</strong>s that <strong>the</strong> company had in its in<strong>flow</strong>s. The BMCE is not <strong>of</strong>ficially activated. The following table gives example<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s In<strong>flow</strong>s during 2014-2015, Table n°9: In<strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> IWACO during 2014-15<br />

PERIOD AWB BMCI BMCE<br />

January – 2014 0,00 DH 1 198 960,66 DH Not Yet<br />

February – 2014 184 572,00 DH 1 688 230,79 DH Not Yet<br />

March – 2014 0,00 DH 3 836 491,74 DH Not Yet<br />

April – 2014 0,00 DH 2 721 775,26 DH Not Yet<br />

Mai – 2014 0,00 DH 2 016 630,32 DH Not Yet<br />

June – 2014 0,00 DH 1 277 555,14 DH Not Yet<br />

July – 2014 0,00 DH 669 941,79 DH Not Yet<br />

August – 2014 0,00 DH 2396 546,75 DH Not Yet<br />

September – 2014 0,00 DH 2 159 968,79 DH Not Yet<br />

October – 2014 0,00 DH 1 817 837,55 DH Not Yet<br />

November – 2014 0,00 DH 957 697,73 DH Not Yet<br />

Page 78 <strong>of</strong> 124


December – 2014 0,00 DH 1 599 918,69 DH Not Yet<br />

January – 2015 1 225 382,50 DH 1 934 877,27 DH Not Yet<br />

February – 2015 0,00 DH 1 832 762,91 DH Not Yet<br />

March – 2015 0,00 DH 1 784 262,03 DH Not Yet<br />

April – 2015 37 711 489,31 DH 1 908 717,17 DH Not Yet<br />

Mai – 2015 5 600 000,00 DH 1 589 353,22 DH Not Yet<br />

June – 2015 0,00 DH 1 647 097,19 DH Not Yet<br />

July – 2015 250 000,00 DH 2 411 563,82 DH Not Yet<br />

August – 2015 0,00 DH 3 264 040,43 DH Not Yet<br />

September – 2015 0,00 DH 1 761 230,68 DH Not Yet<br />

October – 2015 0,00 DH 4 387 229,87 DH Not Yet<br />

November – 2015 0,00 DH 1 344 279,52 DH Not Yet<br />

December – 2015 0,00 DH 1 553 395,28 DH Not Yet<br />

b) Assessments <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> « float ».<br />

In our country <strong>the</strong> average time <strong>of</strong> recovery <strong>of</strong> funds is <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> order <strong>of</strong> 7 calendar days.<br />

2 - Unused funds affect <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm without ensuring <strong>the</strong> solvency.<br />

It is obvious that for a given benefit, <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is important and more <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company is<br />

low. Added to this is <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "float" which, although not recorded, inflates <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> unused funds,<br />

and thus decreases <strong>the</strong> real rate <strong>of</strong> return. Thus, by 2015, <strong>the</strong> company being subject to <strong>the</strong> regime <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> actual<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>it had total assets <strong>of</strong> 906 385 876, 60 million dirhams. With a rate <strong>of</strong> return largely exceeds 15%.<br />

In fact, <strong>the</strong> real rate <strong>of</strong> return, taking into account <strong>the</strong> "float", was to:<br />

F = 7 x (906 385 876, 60 / 365) = 17 382 742, 84<br />

Therefore, <strong>the</strong> main objective <strong>of</strong> evaluating <strong>the</strong> “float” <strong>of</strong> a company, is to evaluate how fast <strong>the</strong> money <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company circulate inside and outside <strong>the</strong> market. Never<strong>the</strong>less, we <strong>of</strong>ten take for granted having liquidity inside <strong>the</strong><br />

company as a symbol <strong>of</strong> security, pr<strong>of</strong>itability and solvency. Yet, having money stocked just like that inside <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s treasury is <strong>the</strong> same messing opportunities <strong>of</strong> recycling <strong>the</strong>se money inside a good business running<br />

outside in <strong>the</strong> market.<br />

The evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> market is same as evaluating <strong>the</strong> market’s opportunities for making pr<strong>of</strong>it. Although, this<br />

evaluation wouldn’t be compatible to this project if it wasn’t ga<strong>the</strong>red with <strong>the</strong> company’s money study and<br />

evaluation. Though, ga<strong>the</strong>ring both means that <strong>the</strong> company is a positive situation to catch <strong>the</strong> god opportunities<br />

that <strong>the</strong> market can give and be aware <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> positivity and negativity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> market, and it is for this specific reason<br />

that we’re going to study <strong>the</strong> costs that <strong>the</strong> “Sleeping money” could take on charge on <strong>the</strong> next paragraph.<br />

Finally, as we mentioned earlier, note that <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> a positive <strong>cash</strong> cannot be regarded as <strong>the</strong> pledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. Indeed, <strong>the</strong> concept <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> is a static, while <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> a business depends on <strong>the</strong> conditions<br />

in which <strong>the</strong> availability and liabilities will arise <strong>the</strong> relation to each o<strong>the</strong>r in time. Cash management is essentially<br />

dynamic and requires an analysis in terms <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>. It is <strong>the</strong> potential to restore liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, determined by its<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability and solvency, which is <strong>the</strong> only guarantor <strong>of</strong> its solvency and to its security.<br />

Page 79 <strong>of</strong> 124


B - THE UNNECESSARY COST OF IDLE FUNDS.<br />

So <strong>the</strong>refore, <strong>the</strong> manager (financial manager or treasury manager) is obliged to leave too many funds without<br />

employment as a result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> difficulties <strong>the</strong>y have to control <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s. So to assess <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> this behavior.<br />

1 - THE STRUCTURE OF THE COST OF MONEY.<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> composition <strong>of</strong> financial expenses lets us know to what extent <strong>the</strong>y can be compressed.<br />

1 - The composition <strong>of</strong> financial expenses.<br />

Financial expenses in <strong>the</strong> short term can be broken down into two parts.<br />

a) The first and most important, stems from <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank loans needed to fill <strong>the</strong> shortage <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> resulting<br />

from <strong>the</strong> lag in time between revenue and expenditure.<br />

This part <strong>of</strong> financial costs is virtually inevitable and incompressible, at least in <strong>the</strong> short term, since <strong>the</strong> head <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Treasury cannot influence, or received commitments and conditions <strong>of</strong> sale (loans to customers), or commitments<br />

given and <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> purchases (loans granted by suppliers). He <strong>the</strong>refore suffered <strong>the</strong> decisions taken<br />

previously by o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>of</strong>ficials, and is forced to bear <strong>the</strong>m. The case is not uncommon a Treasurer where, without<br />

immediate availability, in <strong>the</strong> need to cover an urgent regulation which would not be notified. He will have to appeal<br />

to <strong>the</strong> more expensive solutions because <strong>the</strong> fastest.<br />

b) The second part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial costs, though generally less important, is far from negligible in many companies<br />

and comes from <strong>the</strong> mode <strong>of</strong> use <strong>of</strong> bank credit in <strong>the</strong> short term.<br />

Unlike <strong>the</strong> previous this part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial costs can be, perfectly in principle at least, reduced to zero. Indeed, it<br />

essentially stems from <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> short-term forecasts: receipts and disbursements on <strong>the</strong> one hand, and <strong>the</strong><br />

effectiveness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rules <strong>of</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> financial assistance, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand.<br />

Any credit balance can mean two things:<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> company, at a given date has overstated its expenses or underestimated its revenues, and that,<br />

<strong>the</strong>refore, it has mobilized through <strong>the</strong> discount more claims than it needed;<br />

Or that <strong>the</strong> company has financed its <strong>cash</strong> requirements properly assessed by unsuitable paper: for<br />

example she covered a need for 20 days with 30-day paper.<br />

On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, a debit balance can also mean two things:<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r that <strong>the</strong> firm, at a given date, underestimated its expenses or overestimated its revenues, and<br />

<strong>the</strong>refore has not sufficiently expected;<br />

Ei<strong>the</strong>r that it has financed its <strong>cash</strong> requirements with too short paper. This is <strong>the</strong> case for example <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company which would have filled a need for 20 days with 15 days paper: it would o<strong>the</strong>rwise, I5 days later in<br />

front <strong>of</strong> a deficit <strong>of</strong> 5 days, not 'fundable' in <strong>the</strong> best <strong>of</strong> cases, only by overdraft.<br />

2 - Reduction <strong>of</strong> financial costs in <strong>the</strong> short term.<br />

To reduce financial expenses need to know <strong>the</strong>ir origins and ensure <strong>the</strong> possibility and desirability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> action.<br />

Page 80 <strong>of</strong> 124


(a) Four sources <strong>of</strong> costs can be identified:<br />

1. The company knows in principle fairly badly <strong>of</strong> banking conditions: interest rate, real cost <strong>of</strong> credit application<br />

clauses that accompany a loan (days <strong>of</strong> values, Bank Charges, various commissions, etc.).<br />

2. The underutilization <strong>of</strong> banking services: <strong>the</strong> company ignores generally all services that can <strong>of</strong>fer him his<br />

bank.<br />

3. The poor coordination <strong>of</strong> banking activities: <strong>the</strong> company owns several bank accounts, more precisely in AWB<br />

and <strong>the</strong> BMCI and soon BMCE.<br />

The Treasurer can’t know at any moment and simultaneously <strong>the</strong> status <strong>of</strong> each account where <strong>the</strong> appearance <strong>of</strong><br />

frequent setbacks in <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> entries and exits <strong>of</strong> funds that are <strong>the</strong> cause <strong>of</strong> unnecessary financial costs.<br />

Moreover, <strong>the</strong> costs in some cases, multiply. For example <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft commission can greatly<br />

increase <strong>the</strong> “Bank Charges”, where <strong>the</strong> company has several bankers. So let us analyze that <strong>the</strong> company is located<br />

in <strong>the</strong> following situation:<br />

Its account at <strong>the</strong> Bank AWB has accused a tip <strong>of</strong> 30 million dirhams <strong>of</strong> discovered in <strong>the</strong> month; his account at Bank<br />

BMCI, a hint <strong>of</strong> 3 million; his account Bank BMCE, a peak <strong>of</strong> 8 million. The overdraft commission <strong>the</strong>refore amounts<br />

to:<br />

(30 + 3 + 8) x 1/20 % = 205 DH.<br />

While a single banker would have retained <strong>the</strong> tip <strong>of</strong> 30 million, which would have increased <strong>the</strong> overdraft<br />

commission to:<br />

(30) 1/20% = 150 DH.<br />

4. The company, finally, suffers <strong>the</strong> consequences <strong>of</strong> financial <strong>flow</strong>s. : The passive attitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm results<br />

from <strong>the</strong> accounting practice that class products and charges by nature. However, <strong>the</strong> uncertainty <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s does not depend on nature <strong>of</strong> his case, but downtown decision that generated it and <strong>the</strong><br />

means used. For good control randomness, it is necessary to think in terms <strong>of</strong> "means <strong>of</strong> regulation" (<strong>cash</strong>,<br />

check, promissory notes, bills <strong>of</strong> Exchange, currencies, etc.).<br />

In middle <strong>of</strong> all <strong>the</strong>se dull, <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management problem can be solved only by:<br />

Improved knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements in value date;<br />

A decrease <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial needs by reforms on procedures <strong>of</strong> receipts and disbursements in order to reduce<br />

<strong>the</strong> "float";<br />

Suppression <strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong> by blocking funds in paid accounts, or even investment (production capacity) or<br />

financial participation;<br />

A constant search for <strong>the</strong> financing best suited method to <strong>the</strong> needs (avoid unnecessary or insufficient<br />

mobilization);<br />

Perfect knowledge <strong>of</strong> Bank conditions that should always be able to discuss.<br />

(b) In practice, <strong>the</strong>re are two simple but reliable criteria for judging <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> compressing <strong>the</strong> financial costs<br />

in <strong>the</strong> short term. First, check that financial costs do not exceed 1% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total turnover. Then ensure that <strong>the</strong> daily<br />

bank balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company in each <strong>of</strong> its banks does not fluctuate too strongly around zero.<br />

This is not to reduce "at all costs" financial costs to 1% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover, but wonder if <strong>the</strong> gain is worth <strong>the</strong> cost.<br />

Indeed, below this threshold, it is likely that economies <strong>of</strong> Bank Charges compensate rationalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

management costs. Sometimes <strong>the</strong> company is in-between 1 and 2% uncertainty. If we took for example <strong>the</strong> year<br />

2015; <strong>the</strong> achieved Turnover was around 814 490 004, 7 DH and <strong>the</strong> Financial Costs were equal to: 9 634 318.4 DH.<br />

As we take <strong>the</strong>se data as a base we’ll have:<br />

(9 634 31, 70 DH / 814 490 004, 70 DH) = 1%<br />

Page 81 <strong>of</strong> 124


However, when <strong>the</strong> company found in a report "financial charges on turnover" exceeding 2%, at this stage it is not<br />

necessarily a <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> difficulties. Therefore <strong>the</strong> Treasurer may have o<strong>the</strong>r immediate concerns than to reduce<br />

financial costs. It is mainly <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company with <strong>cash</strong> "broad", without maturity problem.<br />

Yet, a rationalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> to take advantage <strong>of</strong> this situation, by increasing <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability<br />

<strong>of</strong> funds. Indeed, an improvement in <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast can meet <strong>the</strong> triple question:<br />

Do you want to place Cash?<br />

How much <strong>cash</strong> can we place?<br />

For how long?<br />

What form (temporary or permanent employment)?<br />

In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company where it is very 'tight' <strong>cash</strong> where it is important first <strong>of</strong> all to deal with deadlines, <strong>the</strong><br />

problem is quite different. An improvement in <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast will naturally to identify better <strong>the</strong> financial<br />

needs and prevent time his banker's difficult passages.<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> financial expenses does not alone diagnose <strong>the</strong> nature and <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> liquidity difficulties.<br />

Moreover, it must consider fluctuations <strong>of</strong> bank balances.<br />

1 ° <strong>the</strong> fluctuations <strong>of</strong> bank balances.<br />

The daily bank balance <strong>of</strong> a business in each <strong>of</strong> its banks should not fluctuate too strongly around zero. Fluctuations<br />

<strong>of</strong> bank balances come from a bad estimate inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds, i.e. <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> forecast absent or incorrect,<br />

or mistakes in <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> short-term funding, or two both as is <strong>the</strong> most common case. «Quarterly interest scales»<br />

a business banks allow, on <strong>the</strong> one hand, to appreciate <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forecast <strong>cash</strong>, and on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, to<br />

assess <strong>the</strong> waste <strong>of</strong> financial expenses.<br />

2 - SCALES OF INTEREST QUARTERLY.<br />

Should specify <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> this instrument poorly known even for companies, before being able to appreciate its<br />

use<br />

1 - Nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 'quarterly interest scales.<br />

Called 'quarterly interest scales', a table prepared by <strong>the</strong> Bank on which were likely bank balances classified by value<br />

date. As its name suggests, this table is established by quarter, and to calculate interest expense as well as various<br />

commissions due, if any, by <strong>the</strong> company to its bank. The company which refer to quarterly interest scales,<br />

information on <strong>the</strong> fluctuation <strong>of</strong> its bank accounts, can evaluate its possible waste <strong>of</strong> bank charges, and finally will<br />

appreciate <strong>the</strong> more or less good coordination <strong>of</strong> its operations with banks.<br />

2 - The interpretation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> quarterly interest scales.<br />

Representing changes in bank balances by curves, can more easily assess <strong>the</strong> effectiveness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management.<br />

(a) Trace <strong>the</strong> graph <strong>of</strong> daily balances as <strong>the</strong>y appear in <strong>the</strong> books <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company (date <strong>of</strong> operation) and on <strong>the</strong><br />

scales <strong>of</strong> interest (dated value). This work is done for each Bank and by quarter. In <strong>the</strong> first following figure, figure<br />

n°5: Iwaco’s in<strong>flow</strong>s in <strong>the</strong> BMCI Account during 2015. And <strong>the</strong> next figure n°6: IWACO’s in<strong>flow</strong>s in <strong>the</strong> AXB account<br />

during 2015<br />

Page 82 <strong>of</strong> 124


20 000 000,00 DH<br />

Figure n°5: INFLOWS OF THE COMPANY YEAR 2015 / BMCI BANK<br />

10 000 000,00 DH<br />

0,00 DH<br />

CHEQUES EFFETS Effets/Encaissement Effets/Escompte<br />

* Espèce Siége * VERSEMENT AGENCES * Espèce déplacé : GROSSISTES * Espèce déplacé : DRC<br />

* Espèce déplacé : CARAVANES * Espèce déplacé : FRANCHISES *VIR Grand Compte *VIR Etranger<br />

*Autres VIR Rachat SICAV AUTRES<br />

50 000 000,00 DH<br />

Figure n°6: INFLOWS OF THE COMPANY YEAR 2015 / AWB BANK<br />

0,00 DH<br />

Janv.-15 Févr.-15 Mars-15 Avr.-15 Mai-15 Juin-15 Juil.-15 Août-15 Sept.-15 Oct.-15 Nov.-15 Déc.-15<br />

CHEQUES EFFETS Effets/Encaissement<br />

Effets/Escompte ESPECE * Espèce Siége<br />

* VERSEMENT AGENCES * Espèce déplacé : GROSSISTES * Espèce déplacé : DRC<br />

* Espèce déplacé : CARAVANES * Espèce déplacé : FRANCHISES VIREMENTS<br />

*VIR Grand Compte *VIR Etranger *Autres VIR<br />

These two previous charts give example <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> kind <strong>of</strong> presentations that <strong>the</strong> treasurer make to analyze <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s financial <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s and banks’ balances.<br />

(b) The approximation <strong>of</strong> curves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> scales <strong>of</strong> interest allows three observations:<br />

1 ° <strong>the</strong> approximate knowledge <strong>of</strong> bank balances leads to errors <strong>of</strong> financial management. The gap between <strong>the</strong> date<br />

<strong>of</strong> operation curve and <strong>the</strong> curve in value date comes from what <strong>the</strong> Treasurer reason in date <strong>of</strong> operation and banker<br />

in value date. Thus, <strong>the</strong> Treasurer is brought permanently to underestimate or overestimate <strong>the</strong> true value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

accounts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. Thus it overstates or understates its financial needs, and so its use <strong>of</strong> funds. In o<strong>the</strong>r words,<br />

it ignores both <strong>the</strong> real discovered that it uses and <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong>. Referring to <strong>the</strong> scales <strong>of</strong> interest<br />

curves, <strong>the</strong> head <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasury can measure <strong>the</strong> degree <strong>of</strong> accuracy <strong>of</strong> its knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank<br />

balances <strong>of</strong> its undertaking.<br />

2 ° The poor coordination <strong>of</strong> banking results in unnecessary costs. A comparative analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> curves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> scales<br />

<strong>of</strong> interest <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> various banks <strong>of</strong> a firm can appear simultaneously deficits in some banks and surpluses in o<strong>the</strong>rs.<br />

The Treasurer has <strong>the</strong>refore in this case by ignorance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> its availability on <strong>the</strong> day <strong>the</strong> day, paid<br />

unnecessary costs: it has at <strong>the</strong> same time supported <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> an overdraft and funded surpluses.<br />

3 ° Funding and investment decisions can be optimized.<br />

The establishment <strong>of</strong> scales <strong>of</strong> interest forecast allows three fundamental improvements from <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management:<br />

Page 83 <strong>of</strong> 124


First, to assess more than just <strong>the</strong> financial needs and, thus, save Bank Charges by an optimal choice <strong>of</strong> shortterm<br />

financing;<br />

Then, in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> structurally credit companies over a long duration, to establish <strong>the</strong> possibilities <strong>of</strong><br />

blocking <strong>of</strong> funds in volume and duration, in <strong>the</strong> most appropriate jobs;<br />

Finally, in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> companies structurally debtor for <strong>the</strong> coming period, to measure <strong>the</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> permanent<br />

capital.<br />

The problem for <strong>the</strong> company now is to assess <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> its mismanagement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

3 - THE ASSESSMENT OF COSTS IN THE TRADITIONAL CASH MANAGEMENT.<br />

By ignorance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> amounts actually available, <strong>the</strong> company has paid unnecessary costs because it has supported<br />

one discovered and funded from surpluses. In addition, through <strong>the</strong> days <strong>of</strong> value formed <strong>the</strong> "float". Float and idle<br />

<strong>cash</strong> create chances for more costs.<br />

1) - Evaluation <strong>of</strong> unnecessarily paid charges.<br />

The minimum amount <strong>of</strong> “Bank Charges”* can save by improving <strong>cash</strong> management can be calculated as follows. It<br />

totals for all banks and on throughout <strong>the</strong> year, <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balances on <strong>the</strong> one hand, and <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> receivable<br />

balances, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand. Each result is affected by its cost: <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> discount for balances; <strong>the</strong> difference<br />

between overdraft rates and rates <strong>of</strong> discount for debit balances.<br />

TOTAL COST =<br />

∑ TOTAL CREDITOR X (THE DISCOUNT RATE / 36.000) +<br />

∑ TOTAL DEBTOR (THE OVERDRAFT RATE – THE DISCOUNT RATE) +<br />

∑ 1/20% X<br />

(STRONGEST OVERDRAFT OF THE MONTH USING A UNSUFFISANT DISCOUNT) –<br />

(STRONGEST OVERDRAFT THAT DOESN’T AVOID STRICT MANAGEMENT)<br />

Yet, this formulate is still considered as <strong>the</strong>oretical on <strong>the</strong> realistic field <strong>of</strong> companies and financial management; <strong>the</strong><br />

reason behind, is that <strong>the</strong> company’s financing condition are too different to be managed by such a complex<br />

formulate, from ano<strong>the</strong>r side, <strong>the</strong> activities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company are too sensitive to any fluctuation <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s or time, for<br />

that, <strong>the</strong> management goes with a simple arbitrage that <strong>the</strong> company does when <strong>the</strong>y compare between <strong>the</strong> financial<br />

costs paid on <strong>the</strong> behalf <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> loan lines in few banks that <strong>the</strong>y contracted, and <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> financial pr<strong>of</strong>it that<br />

<strong>the</strong>y make from paying <strong>the</strong>ir suppliers in <strong>cash</strong>. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> company works on covering <strong>the</strong> financial costs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

bank overdraft. And it works as <strong>the</strong> following example:<br />

In <strong>the</strong> BMCI and AWB accounts, <strong>the</strong> company has in total 33.000.000 DHS <strong>of</strong> Overdraft. While <strong>the</strong> company makes<br />

0.5% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> paid amount to <strong>the</strong> supplier INWI (that is considered as <strong>the</strong> main supplier <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company since it<br />

represents 99% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s turnover<br />

The company gains in <strong>the</strong> financial costs: 0.5% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> paid amount (when it’s Cash). And <strong>the</strong>y pay 5.35% <strong>of</strong> financial<br />

costs when <strong>the</strong>y use <strong>the</strong> Permanent Overdraft (authorized). Knowing that <strong>the</strong> 0.5% is a daily rate, <strong>the</strong> annual rate<br />

will be equals to 6%, and <strong>the</strong> daily rate that <strong>the</strong> company use to pays its costs will be <strong>the</strong>n: 5.35%<br />

Annual Rate = Daily Rate x 12. And Daily rate = Annual rate / 12.<br />

Page 84 <strong>of</strong> 124


Therefore; when <strong>the</strong> company realize an investment <strong>of</strong> buying 33.000.000 DHS <strong>of</strong> goods from <strong>the</strong> company INWI or<br />

WANA as called, <strong>the</strong>y face two situation:<br />

33.000.000 DHS x 5.35% = 1 765 500 / 360 days = 4 909.167 DHS.<br />

Yet, <strong>the</strong> company could pay with <strong>the</strong> same amount paid in <strong>cash</strong>:<br />

33.000.000 DHS x 0.5% = 165 000 DHS<br />

We could realize from this calculation that with 4 909.167 DHS that <strong>the</strong> company pay using <strong>the</strong> overdraft, it could<br />

gain at <strong>the</strong> same day: 165 000 DHS if <strong>the</strong>y pay in <strong>cash</strong>. A financial revenue equals to:<br />

= 160 090.83 DHS (165 000 DHS – 4 909.167 DHS)<br />

By this way, <strong>the</strong> company gets to cover <strong>the</strong> financial costs paid when <strong>the</strong> company pays using <strong>the</strong> overdraft.<br />

As a financial decision, we could’ve take this decision by comparing <strong>the</strong> annual rates that <strong>the</strong> company gets from<br />

paying in <strong>cash</strong> to <strong>the</strong> supplier or from paying by overdraft.<br />

Balances total and <strong>the</strong> total <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balances are calculated from <strong>the</strong> scales <strong>of</strong> quarterly interest that can provide on<br />

request, <strong>the</strong> banks <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> enterprise in question. This assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> minimum amount <strong>of</strong> paid unnecessarily,<br />

bank charges form <strong>the</strong> calls <strong>the</strong> following remarks:<br />

The first term assumes that any credit balance results from an excessive discount. However this is not always<br />

true: <strong>the</strong>re can be an "overfunding" permanent capital, or credit providers, compared to <strong>the</strong> capital fixed and<br />

capital needs circulating, as in <strong>the</strong> previous example.<br />

The second term assumes that any debtor balance comes from a funding challenge that leads to expect<br />

enough discount. The company <strong>of</strong>ten experiences periods where <strong>the</strong>ir discount opportunities are limited. In<br />

addition, it can be a sign <strong>of</strong> a financially too weak or inadequate. The reason behind this for <strong>the</strong> company is<br />

that, <strong>the</strong> majority <strong>of</strong> funds are deposited in a certain bank account, while <strong>the</strong> company does not benefit from<br />

all financial advantages <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> company required <strong>of</strong>ten to increase <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> authorized overdraft seeing that most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover is deposited inside this bank account.<br />

The calculation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> third term is made difficult by <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> second member. However, it can<br />

fix <strong>the</strong> minimum value: at a minimum, for a company using an overdraft constant throughout <strong>the</strong> year, <strong>the</strong><br />

commission <strong>of</strong> 1/20 is 0.60% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft.<br />

Despite its limitations, this formula has no o<strong>the</strong>r ambition than to quickly assess whe<strong>the</strong>r a more detailed analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> enterprise in question is necessary.<br />

Added to this waste <strong>of</strong> bank charges is an opportunity cost.<br />

The reducing process <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s costs is based on <strong>the</strong> daily following that <strong>the</strong> company apply based on <strong>the</strong><br />

daily report that <strong>the</strong>y receive from <strong>the</strong>ir banks, BMCI, AWB, or BMCE. Therefore, <strong>the</strong>re’s an example <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank<br />

sheet related to <strong>the</strong> company’s movements received every morning and analyzed by <strong>the</strong> treasurer:<br />

Page 85 <strong>of</strong> 124


DATE OF<br />

OPERATION<br />

Table n°10: Bank account movements in <strong>the</strong> D.O.O<br />

OPERATIONS DEBIT CREDIT<br />

« APPARENT »<br />

BALANCE<br />

30 / 01 CASH POOLING 4000 + 4000<br />

31 / 01 Versement Espèce 2000<br />

Idem Emmission de chèques 2000 + 4000<br />

01 / 02 Avis de Debit (échéance de 31/1) 4000 0<br />

02 / 02 Remise à l’escompte 1980 + 1980<br />

03 / 02 Émission de chèques 1500 + 480<br />

Table n°11 : Bank account movement in <strong>the</strong> D.O.V<br />

VALUE DATE OPERATIONS DEBIT CREDIT<br />

« Real »<br />

BALANCE<br />

30 / 01 Règlement des traites 4000 - 4000<br />

01 / 01 Virement de compte à compte 4000 0<br />

01 / 02 Versement en espèces 2000 + 2000<br />

03 / 02 Remise à l’escompte 1980<br />

Idem Règlement de chèques (présentés le 5/02) 1000 + 2980<br />

Figure n°7: Quarterly Interest Rate showing <strong>the</strong> bank account movement<br />

While a balance <strong>of</strong> + 4,000 appears for two days in <strong>the</strong> account "Bank" <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, an ignored overdraft formed<br />

January 30: <strong>the</strong> transfer <strong>of</strong> 30 January was made too late. However <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> from 31st <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same month and <strong>the</strong><br />

discount <strong>of</strong> 2 February release could be delayed. If <strong>the</strong> company had sufficient knowledge <strong>of</strong> forecasting movements<br />

his bank balance, it could adjust with discernment <strong>the</strong> inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds and avoid both discovered and<br />

surpluses. Thus can we say a <strong>cash</strong> management based on a value date accounting manages to an optimum, because<br />

it ensures <strong>the</strong> liquidity and safety <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm while improving pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

It’s all about <strong>the</strong>se conditions <strong>of</strong> Bank, <strong>the</strong>ir implementing rules and <strong>the</strong>ir negotiation that we’ll be analyzed in this<br />

next chapter.<br />

2) Negotiate <strong>the</strong> terms and conditions <strong>of</strong> Bank.<br />

When talking about <strong>the</strong> banking conditions, it is not only <strong>the</strong> ones related to <strong>the</strong> interest rates <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> different types<br />

<strong>of</strong> short-term credit or placed in escrow account balances, but a number <strong>of</strong> clauses whose content and <strong>the</strong><br />

Page 86 <strong>of</strong> 124


implementing rules are poorly known for <strong>the</strong> company. The Treasurer who ignores or neglects <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> Bank<br />

can nei<strong>the</strong>r predict nor control <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> its management and solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> case. There is no mandatory clause:<br />

apart from <strong>the</strong> current interest rates everything is negotiable in terms <strong>of</strong> Bank between <strong>the</strong> head <strong>of</strong> company and its<br />

bankers.<br />

3.1. The analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> bank.<br />

Bank conditions can be grouped into four types: those that are expressed in rates; those that are denominated in<br />

days; those that are evaluated in franc; those, finally, that correspond to special benefits<br />

3.1.1 - EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE OF BANKING CONDITIONS: RATES.<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se clauses are not editable.<br />

1 - The mode for setting <strong>the</strong> rates.<br />

The prize money depends on its cost for <strong>the</strong> Bank.<br />

(a) The determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> basic rate.<br />

Banks derive <strong>the</strong>ir resources <strong>of</strong> three origins mainly:<br />

Deposits at sight<br />

Of <strong>the</strong> mobilization <strong>of</strong> effects from <strong>the</strong> Bank <strong>of</strong> France<br />

And, finally, money market.<br />

Each resource has a specific cost that depends, for <strong>the</strong> first time, charges collection and management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> deposits<br />

for <strong>the</strong> second, <strong>the</strong> rate discount practiced by <strong>the</strong> Central Bank, and for <strong>the</strong> third, <strong>the</strong> law <strong>of</strong> supply and demand.<br />

From <strong>the</strong>se multiple costs be calculated a weighted average rate for <strong>the</strong> whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>ession in which are<br />

subsequently applied a factor to take into account overhead and pr<strong>of</strong>it margin. You <strong>the</strong>n reach a "base rate". The<br />

rate <strong>of</strong> each type <strong>of</strong> credit is obtained by multiplying <strong>the</strong> basic rate by a coefficient which varies according to each <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> techniques <strong>of</strong> credit risk. Is obtained for each credit formula applicable minimum rate. Of course, every company<br />

wants to apply <strong>the</strong> minimum rate.<br />

(b) The rate applicable to each company.<br />

The Bank applies, where appropriate, at <strong>the</strong> minimum rate increase which <strong>the</strong> magnitude is directly related to <strong>the</strong><br />

assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> risk presented by a certain client.<br />

In practice, <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> credit is <strong>the</strong> inverse function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. But large companies are not always<br />

those that pose <strong>the</strong> lowest risk. Also this system has been temperate, ins<strong>of</strong>ar as <strong>the</strong> interest rate depends on <strong>the</strong><br />

judgment that deals <strong>the</strong> Bank with his client. These rates are generally little changed. It is not <strong>the</strong> same conditions<br />

for <strong>the</strong>ir application.<br />

The real reason behind evaluating <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> for <strong>the</strong> company by managing <strong>the</strong> bank <strong>flow</strong>s compared to <strong>the</strong> company’s<br />

<strong>flow</strong>s, resists in <strong>the</strong> fact that <strong>the</strong> company and bank works based on two different calendars. Usually banks work five<br />

day on 7 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> week, from Monday till Friday. And in <strong>the</strong>se days <strong>the</strong> company doesn’t work permanently all <strong>the</strong> days<br />

in a full way. Some days <strong>the</strong> company work half day which we call <strong>the</strong>m “Jour non Ouvré” or “Non-Opened Days” in<br />

which <strong>the</strong> company works half days, or when <strong>the</strong>y work all <strong>the</strong> day we call it “Jour Ouvré” or “Opened Day”.<br />

Therefore, <strong>the</strong> treasurer should be always aware <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se days so that <strong>the</strong> equilibrium between <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong>s and <strong>the</strong><br />

out<strong>flow</strong>s stays always on <strong>the</strong> right level. As <strong>the</strong> previous table and graphic show, <strong>the</strong> appropriate management and<br />

Page 87 <strong>of</strong> 124


<strong>the</strong> good following system <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’ accounts inside <strong>the</strong> bank get for <strong>the</strong> treasurer a plus value that allows for<br />

<strong>the</strong> treasurer to work on extra <strong>cash</strong> or Idle <strong>cash</strong> as previously explained when it comes to paying <strong>the</strong> supplier earlier<br />

or on <strong>cash</strong> to have <strong>the</strong> financial advantage aside. For that, <strong>the</strong> company’s relations are based on <strong>the</strong> bank’s account<br />

and <strong>the</strong> way <strong>the</strong>y are managed.<br />

The fact that a small change or difference between <strong>the</strong> days <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong>s and out<strong>flow</strong>s could influence <strong>the</strong> whole<br />

system <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, a small space <strong>of</strong> negotiation is allowed between <strong>the</strong> company and its banks. Although, <strong>the</strong><br />

negotiation is not allowed for all kind and types <strong>of</strong> companies more that it’s allowed only for few ones that make<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>it on <strong>the</strong> field or make high movement on <strong>the</strong> market. A process like that, is not easy to make, especially when<br />

<strong>the</strong> company such as IWACO; a distributer <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r company. The reason behind, is that <strong>the</strong> company gain more<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>it than <strong>the</strong> contracted called (commission) when <strong>the</strong>y get to pay on <strong>the</strong> right time by <strong>cash</strong>, and to make that<br />

possible to happen, <strong>the</strong>y get <strong>the</strong>ir management on a high level but too risky and sensitive for any kind <strong>of</strong> movement.<br />

But <strong>the</strong>n. The financial managers are quiet to be asked on <strong>the</strong> WHY than <strong>the</strong> HOW.<br />

Negotiating with banks new extra lines obliged <strong>the</strong> company to make more pr<strong>of</strong>it and to show on <strong>the</strong> market field<br />

stronger and solid. Yet, to make such a thing possible to happened is by moving inside <strong>the</strong> bank’s account all <strong>cash</strong><br />

that <strong>the</strong> company needs, but <strong>the</strong>n such a decision should be taken based on <strong>the</strong> financial studied well before getting<br />

into <strong>the</strong> negotiating with <strong>the</strong> banker.<br />

3.2 - THE COSTS OF BANKING SERVICES.<br />

It is necessary that each bank is remunerated according to <strong>the</strong> reality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> services it renders to <strong>the</strong> company in its<br />

<strong>cash</strong> management. A global balance <strong>of</strong> transactions between <strong>the</strong> company and each <strong>of</strong> its bankers is <strong>the</strong> way to<br />

ensure that <strong>the</strong> balance is reasonable for both interested parties.<br />

3.2.1 - OFFER OF THE COMPANY TO THE BANKERS.<br />

There are two ways to work with banks:<br />

The company deals with each separately, pulling <strong>the</strong> best out <strong>of</strong> competition.<br />

Alternatively, <strong>the</strong> company forms around it a kind <strong>of</strong> "club" <strong>of</strong> banks complying with certain standards, with<br />

which it develops toge<strong>the</strong>r its financial policy, which is <strong>the</strong> case for <strong>the</strong> IWACO Company.<br />

The first solution does not expect a lot <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> banking system, particularly in times <strong>of</strong> hardship. On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand,<br />

<strong>the</strong> second solution provides more effective support to company.<br />

The 'Bank pool' is considered to be a group <strong>of</strong> banks familiar with <strong>the</strong> company and its problems that under <strong>the</strong><br />

umbrella <strong>of</strong> a 'leader', <strong>of</strong>fers a range <strong>of</strong> served as wide as possible at all times. Here virtually, <strong>the</strong> company works<br />

both with a 'pool' and banks 'non pool ". Moreover, <strong>the</strong> entry or exit <strong>of</strong> a partner is always possible depending on <strong>the</strong><br />

services that it can or can no longer make to society. Similarly, <strong>the</strong> relative shares <strong>of</strong> each bank inside <strong>the</strong> pool remain<br />

not fixed once and for all, but change for <strong>the</strong> same reason. The assignment <strong>of</strong> operations between banks BMCI,<br />

bmce Bank and AWB's 'pool' and 'outside pool can be two systems:<br />

<br />

<br />

Assignment to each bank a percentage <strong>of</strong> corporate (movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>flow</strong>) costs, or,<br />

Allocation to each store a percentage <strong>of</strong> revenues for <strong>the</strong> company (credit movements).<br />

From <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>the</strong>se two systems are equivalent, because ultimately <strong>the</strong> expense movements are<br />

always equal income movements, and vice versa.<br />

Page 88 <strong>of</strong> 124


Regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> method chosen, it has yet to define <strong>the</strong> key <strong>of</strong> transactions between banks. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> Chief<br />

Financial Officer must, for each store (BU1’s or BU2’s), compare <strong>the</strong> services rendered to <strong>the</strong> benefits that removed<br />

<strong>the</strong> Bank from its relationship with <strong>the</strong> company. According to <strong>the</strong> nature and volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank<br />

will be naturally different. The company will better measure what to expect from its banks that it would know what<br />

it <strong>of</strong>fers. Therefore comparison and negotiation <strong>of</strong> Bank conditions necessarily through <strong>the</strong> evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> benefit<br />

that removes every banker <strong>of</strong> its activities with <strong>the</strong> company. To monitor <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> remuneration <strong>of</strong> each store,<br />

<strong>the</strong> Chief Financial Officer will establish a "trading account".<br />

3.2.2 - OPERATING ACCOUNT MEASURES THE COMPANY'S OFFER TO ITS BANKERS.<br />

This account determines <strong>the</strong> balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transactions between <strong>the</strong> company and each <strong>of</strong> its bankers. After setting<br />

out <strong>the</strong> general outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> establishment <strong>of</strong> such an account <strong>of</strong> operation.<br />

1 - Theoretical establishment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> banks-to-business transactions operating account.<br />

This account is established from <strong>the</strong> journal <strong>of</strong> Bank, excerpts, scales <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>oretical banking conditions and quarterly<br />

interest.<br />

(a) The preliminary operations <strong>the</strong>re are five:<br />

1. Inventory and analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> existing conditions in effect.<br />

2. Assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> realized movements (or realize).<br />

3. Determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> operations actually resulting in charge handling fees incurred by <strong>the</strong> banker<br />

(treatment manual or automated operations).<br />

4. Average calculation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> credit balance reporting period (sum <strong>of</strong> balances divided by <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> days<br />

in <strong>the</strong> period).<br />

5. The inventory <strong>of</strong> all <strong>the</strong> fees paid to <strong>the</strong> banker during <strong>the</strong> same period (bank charges <strong>of</strong> discounted, bank<br />

charges on financial notes, interest expense, commission <strong>of</strong> movements, etc.).<br />

(b) The establishment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> account itself.<br />

The essence is not to quantify <strong>the</strong> exact cost <strong>of</strong> an operation (manipulation <strong>of</strong> a check, bank transfer or o<strong>the</strong>r...), no<br />

more than to precisely assess <strong>the</strong> average cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank's resources, but to reach a mutual agreement to a<br />

reasonable compromise to get an idea <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it margin <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank and monitor future developments. This<br />

assessment can be made by only three assumptions:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The cost <strong>of</strong> a transaction for <strong>the</strong> Bank (<strong>cash</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> a check, issuance <strong>of</strong> a transfer,...);<br />

Average cost <strong>of</strong> capital for <strong>the</strong> Bank (cost <strong>of</strong> a ready franc);<br />

The average interest rate applied to <strong>the</strong> uses <strong>of</strong> funds (average selling price).<br />

From <strong>the</strong>se assumptions <strong>the</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> operating account becomes possible:<br />

<br />

<br />

Side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> revenue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank, it includes all charges, charges various fixed, as well as income resulting from<br />

<strong>the</strong> float from <strong>the</strong> days <strong>of</strong> value and those corresponding to <strong>the</strong> re-use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company;<br />

On <strong>the</strong> side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> expenditure incurred by <strong>the</strong> Bank, found <strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> appropriations used by<br />

<strong>the</strong> company (discount, discovered, etc.) as well as expenses arising from <strong>the</strong> processing <strong>of</strong> transactions<br />

(<strong>cash</strong>ing check transfer, etc.).<br />

Page 89 <strong>of</strong> 124


The total balance <strong>of</strong> transactions between <strong>the</strong> company and each <strong>of</strong> its bankers said <strong>the</strong> gain (or loss) that latter<br />

derive. This is <strong>the</strong> starting point for <strong>the</strong> negotiation <strong>of</strong> Bank conditions.<br />

2 - Practical preparation <strong>of</strong> transactions undertaken banks operating account.<br />

SECTION 2: CASH FLOW FORECASTING<br />

The forecast <strong>of</strong> revenue and expenditure is to determine variations in <strong>the</strong> bank balance and <strong>the</strong>refore needs or<br />

potential financial surpluses in <strong>the</strong> very short term. This forecast allows to draw a "<strong>cash</strong> line" in value date thus<br />

defining actions to be taken on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> objective "zero-<strong>cash</strong>. The maintenance <strong>of</strong> a balance person in different<br />

banks is <strong>the</strong> way to minimize financial costs while ensuring <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

In practice this policy develops in two stages:<br />

<br />

<br />

Is, on <strong>the</strong> one hand, <strong>the</strong> development and implementation <strong>of</strong> a system <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and<br />

disbursements dated value. The Treasurer thus determine <strong>the</strong> importance and duration <strong>of</strong> possible financial<br />

needs. It ensures, in addition, <strong>the</strong> solvency <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm;<br />

It is, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, action on regulation and recovery procedures to reduce <strong>the</strong> needs or surplus funding<br />

in <strong>the</strong> short term. The Treasurer 'smooth <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> curve", and improves by <strong>the</strong> fact even <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> company.<br />

I. ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOW.<br />

The company must take a 'daily tracking card' by Bank. A daily tracking sheet is an array <strong>of</strong> situation in value which<br />

includes <strong>the</strong> expected revenue and expenditure broken down by mode <strong>of</strong> regulation for <strong>the</strong> days to come. Familiar<br />

with <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> funds, <strong>the</strong> Treasurer is able to take financing decisions or optimal investment, but also to<br />

consider procedural reforms handing thus questioned <strong>the</strong> spontaneous conduct <strong>of</strong> operations.<br />

Implement such a monitoring system, to solve three problems:<br />

Systematically capture information,<br />

know <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements,<br />

Reduce <strong>the</strong> risks that weigh in <strong>the</strong> short term on <strong>the</strong> inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds.<br />

A – Treasury-Data collection system<br />

The quality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> predictions depends to a large extent by <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> input information. To receive revenue<br />

and costs in <strong>the</strong> coming days will result in vast majority <strong>of</strong> previous decisions. These decisions are generally known<br />

by some in <strong>the</strong> company: <strong>the</strong> Treasurer may <strong>the</strong>refore know <strong>the</strong>m; <strong>the</strong> problem is to inform. Officials <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company<br />

whose actions or decisions directly translates into disbursements or <strong>of</strong> receipts can provide a relatively certain<br />

information. The Treasurer must <strong>the</strong>refore require <strong>the</strong>ir production estimates <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s, or, put in <strong>the</strong> main<br />

services a "corresponding - treasurer" responsible for collecting <strong>the</strong> information<br />

In addition to traditional accounting will be developed some specific to <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management documents.<br />

Movements <strong>of</strong> funds may give rise to a presentation based on <strong>the</strong>ir behavior (fixed or variable), <strong>the</strong>ir periodicity, or<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir importance. They can also be summarized by mode <strong>of</strong> regulation, by period <strong>of</strong> regulation or place <strong>of</strong> payment.<br />

Similarly, it will be much more effective to post in value date. The system can only work if standards have been<br />

established to characterize each stream according to <strong>the</strong> criteria <strong>of</strong> analysis concerning.<br />

Thus <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> will be divided into four classes:-movements are known to some, including <strong>the</strong><br />

completion date and <strong>the</strong> amount (for example, <strong>the</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> wages generally); -<strong>the</strong> uncertain movements on <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

Page 90 <strong>of</strong> 124


date, but whose amount is known (e.g. operations by check); -movements uncertain as to <strong>the</strong>ir amount, but whose<br />

date is known (payment <strong>of</strong> VAT for example); -<strong>the</strong> uncertain movements as <strong>the</strong>ir date and <strong>the</strong>ir amount, finally (for<br />

example, <strong>the</strong> transfer <strong>of</strong> assets). Appropriate <strong>the</strong>n to quantify this classification, and to deduce <strong>the</strong> implementation<br />

<strong>of</strong> an information system.<br />

Thus <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> will be divided into four classes:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Movements are known to some, including <strong>the</strong> completion date and <strong>the</strong> amount (for example, <strong>the</strong> payment<br />

<strong>of</strong> wages generally);<br />

The uncertain movements on <strong>the</strong>ir date, but whose amount is known (e.g. operations by check);<br />

Movements uncertain as to <strong>the</strong>ir amount, but whose date is known (payment <strong>of</strong> VAT for example);<br />

The uncertain movements as <strong>the</strong>ir date and <strong>the</strong>ir amount, finally (for example, <strong>the</strong> transfer <strong>of</strong> assets).<br />

It is appropriate <strong>the</strong>n to quantify this classification, and to deduce <strong>the</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> an information system.<br />

Ainsi les mouvements de liquidités seront répartis en quatre classes :<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

les mouvements certains, dont la date de réalisation et le montant sont connus (par exemple le versement<br />

des salaires généralement) ;<br />

les mouvements incertains quant à leur date, mais dont le montant est connu (par exemple les opérations<br />

par chèques) ;<br />

les mouvements incertains quant à leur montant, mais dont la date est connue (le paiement de la T.V.A. par<br />

exemple) ;<br />

les mouvements incertains quant à leur date et à leur montant, enfin (par exemple la cession d’actif).<br />

Il conviendra alors de quantifier cette classification, et d’en déduire l’implantation d’un système d’information.<br />

Une méthode de la gestion de la trésorerie » appliqué au sein de la trésorerie a porté sur le classement les postes «<br />

dépenses » d'une entreprise. L'analyse a été faite en considérant comme fixe :<br />

<br />

<br />

An amount that varies in an interval defined by more or less 3% around <strong>the</strong> average for <strong>the</strong> period;<br />

A date that fits in a range defined by plus or minus two days around <strong>the</strong> average date. This method<br />

manages <strong>the</strong> following findings (see table below):<br />

Table 12: Funding’s distribution<br />

Date Amount Fix Amount Variable Amount Total<br />

Fix Date 20% 50% 70%<br />

Variable Date 0% 30% 30%<br />

Total 20% 80% 100%<br />

The implementation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management-specific information processing methods allows <strong>the</strong> Treasurer to make<br />

efficient decisions. In addition, it makes possible <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> statistical forecasting methods. However, <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> effectiveness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> designed information system is necessary. The control documents used are essentially<br />

comparison charts between <strong>the</strong> movements <strong>of</strong> entry and exit <strong>of</strong> funds planned and carried out; documents prepared<br />

in day to day and value date<br />

The Treasury curve is <strong>the</strong> syn<strong>the</strong>sis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> control document. Discrepancies between forecasts and work to<br />

assess <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> each circuit and each source <strong>of</strong> information. Here’s an example <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 2016’s estimated treasury,<br />

based on <strong>the</strong> forecasted losses:<br />

Page 91 <strong>of</strong> 124


F I G U R E N ° 8 : E E S T I M AT E D I N F LO W S O F T R E A S U RY 2 0 1 5<br />

0,25<br />

0,2<br />

0,15<br />

0,1<br />

0,05<br />

0<br />

-0,05<br />

-0,1<br />

B - KNOWLEDGE OF THE STRUCTURE OF CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS.<br />

The development <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Treasury curve is based on intimate knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts and disbursements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company structure.<br />

1-THE STRUCTURE OF RECEIPTS OF THE FIRM.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> provides us with a first series <strong>of</strong> causes <strong>of</strong> variations in <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> balance.<br />

A relatively simple technique derived from processes Markov and applied inside <strong>the</strong> company, 'analysis by age <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

receivables', significantly improves <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> projected <strong>cash</strong>. At one point is conceded a certain percentage <strong>of</strong><br />

receivables arising from past sales. For example, examination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> source <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> receipts recorded during <strong>the</strong> last<br />

five periods allows us to draw <strong>the</strong> following table: To reserve <strong>the</strong> confidentiality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, <strong>the</strong>se are approximately<br />

<strong>the</strong> numbers achieved by <strong>the</strong> company in similar periods<br />

PERIOD TO WHICH THE SALES GIVING RISE TO<br />

PAYMENT, OCCURRED<br />

Table n°13: Structure <strong>of</strong> receipts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm<br />

PERIOD DURING WHICH THE PAYMENT OCCURS<br />

1 2 3 4 5<br />

1 30 39 25 20 10<br />

2 - 27 40 25 20<br />

3 - - 30 35 23<br />

4 - - - 23 37<br />

5 - - - - 30<br />

In each box figure <strong>the</strong> percentage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover achieved in <strong>the</strong> period i (line number) and <strong>cash</strong>ed in <strong>the</strong> period j<br />

(column number). Thus <strong>the</strong> receipts for <strong>the</strong> period 5 come from:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

10% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover at <strong>the</strong> first period<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover in <strong>the</strong> second period;<br />

23% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover in <strong>the</strong> third period;<br />

37% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover in <strong>the</strong> fourth period;<br />

Page 92 <strong>of</strong> 124


30% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Turnover in <strong>the</strong> fifth period.<br />

Using a mass <strong>of</strong> large enough information collected from <strong>the</strong> historical events <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, it becomes possible:<br />

First, to determine <strong>the</strong> average percentage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover <strong>of</strong> a period i, <strong>cash</strong>ed a period j;<br />

Then project this outcome in <strong>the</strong> future considering that <strong>the</strong>se percentages represent validly probable share<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover <strong>of</strong> a period coming k that will be earned during each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> periods that follow k.<br />

Thus was able to establish that, on average, receipts consequential to <strong>the</strong> turnover <strong>of</strong> a period n are spread as<br />

follows:<br />

And so at this same time, we get to know <strong>the</strong> average <strong>of</strong> Turnover that <strong>the</strong> company achieve each period.<br />

2 - THE STRUCTURE OF THE DISBURSEMENT OF THE IWACO.<br />

Fixed charges generally pose no particular problem <strong>of</strong> prediction: <strong>the</strong>y are known with certainty. Variable costs, on<br />

<strong>the</strong> contrary, are difficult to assess. However using <strong>the</strong> statistical technique <strong>of</strong> "correlation", a significant<br />

improvement in <strong>the</strong> prediction <strong>of</strong> disbursements is possible. By definition <strong>the</strong> varying loads depend on <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong><br />

activity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm. There is thus a connection between variable costs and turnover <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same period than <strong>the</strong><br />

correlation allows to quantify. Graphic representation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> phenomenon occurs very classically on a system <strong>of</strong><br />

perpendicular axes, relating to any category <strong>of</strong> expenditure considered, observed monthly, and on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong><br />

turnover, also monthly, corresponding. If <strong>the</strong> various points are grouped around a line, called 'straight regression',<br />

<strong>the</strong>re is a correlation between <strong>the</strong> two variables and this correlation is linear.<br />

The highlight <strong>of</strong> a close relationship between two variables to express one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se variables depending on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

Accordingly, if one knows <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> one it can foresee <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r. Gold turnover level forecasts<br />

prove to be accurate enough in <strong>the</strong> short term. Thus, it becomes possible to estimate expenditure from <strong>the</strong> forecast<br />

turnover when a significant relationship could be established.<br />

If this calculation is always possible, some remarks are however required. First such an analysis requires <strong>the</strong> collection<br />

<strong>of</strong> important statistical series; that does not generally raise problems. Then, it should be noted that it is essential to<br />

revise periodically used coefficients which lose <strong>the</strong>ir meaning over time. Finally, a thorough study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating<br />

cycle must assess <strong>the</strong> temporal shifts, if <strong>the</strong>y exist, between variables, in order to identify <strong>the</strong> closest possible.<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inputs and outputs <strong>of</strong> funds is still insufficient to allow <strong>the</strong> Treasurer Forecast curve<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> value date. Both in what concerns income than expenses <strong>the</strong>re are independent uncertainties in <strong>the</strong><br />

Organization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, its activity and its conditions <strong>of</strong> Bank. These uncertainties are related to <strong>the</strong> behavior<br />

<strong>of</strong> customers, suppliers and in General <strong>of</strong> third parties. However, using classical statistical methods can significantly<br />

reduce <strong>the</strong> uncertainties that exist in this area.<br />

C - THE REDUCTION OF UNCERTAINTY IN CERTAIN MOVEMENTS OF FUNDS.<br />

The most <strong>of</strong>ten encountered uncertainties concern <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> realization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movement. Thus <strong>the</strong>re is mainly<br />

following hesitation:<br />

On <strong>the</strong> side <strong>of</strong> revenues, <strong>the</strong> company knows <strong>the</strong> total amount <strong>of</strong> invoices giving rise to a <strong>cash</strong> payment but does not<br />

necessarily know <strong>the</strong> dates to which customers are actually going to pay. In <strong>the</strong> same way it ignores always or almost<br />

dates which will return <strong>the</strong> treaties sent to acceptance or promissory notes issued by clients.<br />

On <strong>the</strong> side <strong>of</strong> spending, it's <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> check by creditors which is random. A cheque issued today is hosted<br />

by its beneficiary in x days.<br />

Page 93 <strong>of</strong> 124


Regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type <strong>of</strong> uncertainty facing <strong>the</strong> Treasurer, he will always find in <strong>the</strong> statistical arsenal <strong>the</strong> adequate<br />

methodology, or classic, is more elaborate. But <strong>the</strong> Manager must ask itself if it is important to know <strong>the</strong> actual date<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> expenditure or <strong>the</strong> upcoming recipe today.<br />

1 - SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS.<br />

It comes to know if knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> completion <strong>of</strong> an undertaking would change how ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> decision to<br />

be taken today. A "sensitivity analysis" allows to know if an optimal decision is affected by an interval <strong>of</strong> uncertainty<br />

related to <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> a parameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> template. If <strong>the</strong> optimal decision is sensitive to extreme values <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

parameter should be approaching <strong>the</strong> exact value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> random factor. In all cases it should be to balance <strong>the</strong> cost<br />

<strong>of</strong> obtaining more accurate information and <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>its or savings it is hoped to remove.<br />

Two characteristic examples <strong>of</strong> many situations experienced by corporate treasurers will allow us to illustrate this.<br />

1.1 - Analysis <strong>of</strong> relative sensitivity to <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> checks issued.<br />

This example deals with <strong>the</strong> impact <strong>of</strong> uncertainty as to <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> receipt <strong>of</strong> a check issued on <strong>the</strong> decision to supply<br />

timely bank account. So a company that goes or comes to issue a check in favor <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> its creditors has two possible<br />

attitudes: ei<strong>the</strong>r supply his bank account in an amount equal to <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cheque, or wait for overdraft notice<br />

to complete <strong>the</strong> transfer.<br />

The cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first solution can be expressed simply as a function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form y = an x. In effect, if <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

cheque is 100 SFR and <strong>the</strong> average interest on <strong>the</strong> 10% market rate <strong>the</strong> opportunity cost <strong>of</strong> idle <strong>cash</strong> thus formed is:<br />

C = 33.000.000 (1+5.35%) / 360 = 96570.83333 DHS<br />

Where x is <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> days between <strong>the</strong> issuance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cheque for his collection (admit that x ranges from 0 to<br />

30 days). The graph below illustrates this feature:<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

10 20 30<br />

Figure n°9: The variations <strong>of</strong> Idle <strong>cash</strong>’s Costs over periods<br />

The second solution at <strong>the</strong> fixed costs proven as followed: The Company while waiting <strong>the</strong> overdraft <strong>of</strong> 33.000.000<br />

DHS, supports by <strong>the</strong> gaming <strong>of</strong> Value dates and deadlines <strong>of</strong> 6 to 10 days <strong>of</strong> financial costs. If we considered an<br />

average or 7 days at 14%:<br />

Page 94 <strong>of</strong> 124


OVERDRAFT’S COSTS = [33.000.000 DHS (1 + 0.07) /360] x 7 = 2.08<br />

Next graphical presentation highlights <strong>the</strong> opportunity cost and <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> resulting overdraft <strong>of</strong> uncertainty as<br />

to <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> receipt <strong>of</strong> a checks issued. Immediately we see <strong>the</strong> need for sharing between <strong>the</strong> checks <strong>cash</strong>ed in 7<br />

days to come and o<strong>the</strong>rs. Which implies an approximate knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> habits <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>ing checks by creditors <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

10<br />

8<br />

Cost <strong>of</strong> Opportunity<br />

Cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Overdraft<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

7 10 20 30<br />

Figure n°10: Opportunity and Overdraft costs’ graphical presentation<br />

The first category <strong>of</strong> check control <strong>the</strong> concomitant supply <strong>of</strong> bank account. On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, for those presented<br />

for payment beyond one week it is cheaper to wait <strong>the</strong> overdraft. If this second category is important, <strong>the</strong> Treasurer<br />

will have no doubt same interest in fur<strong>the</strong>r analysis later. In <strong>the</strong> example, if he knows that <strong>the</strong> creditor will collect<br />

<strong>the</strong> check around <strong>the</strong> twentieth day, it may practically cancel <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft. Managed to reduce <strong>the</strong> costs<br />

<strong>of</strong> overdraft related to <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> checks after 7 days <strong>of</strong> issuance, it will <strong>the</strong>n address <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> checks <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> first category.<br />

2 - THE STREAMLINING OF PROCEDURES FOR BILLING AND RECOVERING<br />

We <strong>of</strong>ten encounter companies whose receivables from customers are greater than <strong>the</strong>ir net fixed assets. But while<br />

investment operations are carried out meticulously, delays in payment are made without any calculation <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability. Now, if <strong>the</strong> duration <strong>of</strong> loans to customers is difficult if not impossible to reduce, at least companies<br />

should restrict to <strong>the</strong> minimum delays caused by poor organization. This action should be at two levels:<br />

The Organization <strong>of</strong> customer credit,<br />

The Organization <strong>of</strong> credit-customer service.<br />

2.1 - The Organization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> customer credit.<br />

IWACO should measure <strong>the</strong> risk taken by granting payment facilities to be able to protect itself. It must also strive<br />

to accelerate <strong>the</strong> recovery <strong>of</strong> funds. Finally, it must organize a customer credit control.<br />

a) Measure <strong>of</strong> risk 'credit-customer<br />

The taken risk with each client assessment is carried out ei<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> help <strong>of</strong> organizations external specialized, or<br />

from publications. These external agencies are <strong>of</strong> three types:<br />

Services companies specializing in <strong>the</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> risk,<br />

Banks <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> client (although <strong>the</strong>y do not always have interest to point out <strong>the</strong> weaknesses <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir client in<br />

order to avoid filing for <strong>the</strong> bankruptcy) and <strong>the</strong> Bank <strong>of</strong> Morocco;<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional associations, and chambers <strong>of</strong> Commerce.<br />

Page 95 <strong>of</strong> 124


Analyses from publications <strong>of</strong> assessments can also be interesting (sheets DAFSA; Minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> General meetings;<br />

Grafts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> courts <strong>of</strong> commerce in France; <strong>of</strong>ficial newspapers in Belgium), especially if <strong>the</strong>re are pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

standards such as those published by <strong>the</strong> Central <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance sheets <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bank <strong>of</strong> France.<br />

b) The reduction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> administrative deadlines for recovery<br />

The aim is to shorten <strong>the</strong> period that elapses between <strong>the</strong> sale and <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s receiving funds. Any<br />

delay costs money for <strong>the</strong> company: fees are equal to <strong>the</strong> product <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> invoices by <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> capital,<br />

during <strong>the</strong> days <strong>of</strong> waiting, all stages <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> deed <strong>of</strong> sale must be considered, including two:<br />

1 ° - The reduction <strong>of</strong> “<strong>the</strong> submission for payment’s deadlines<br />

It is common to see that sometimes more than one month elapses between submission <strong>of</strong> a check by a client and<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> his account. To shorten this period should be to establish a 'selection <strong>of</strong> mail-regulation' procedure upon<br />

arrival in order to appropriate hand over payment titles to <strong>the</strong> Bank <strong>the</strong> same day. We can go up to send a courier -<br />

even by air - seek a check when <strong>the</strong> amount is worth. Generally avoid transfers <strong>of</strong> titles <strong>of</strong> amount by <strong>the</strong> postal<br />

circuit. Mail losses are relatively rare, but <strong>the</strong>y exist. Add that <strong>the</strong> reduction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> time limits for submission for<br />

payment implies a concomitant decrease <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> accounting recording time.<br />

However at IWACO, effective tool to make such an easy to run is <strong>the</strong> "Cash Pooling"; It facilitates <strong>the</strong> transfer if <strong>cash</strong><br />

from one company to ano<strong>the</strong>r knowing that <strong>the</strong> two belong to <strong>the</strong> same group.<br />

2 ° - The reduction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> deadlines for <strong>cash</strong>ing.<br />

It may result from a Bank-business negotiation, and is based on techniques developed in <strong>the</strong> Moroccan commercial<br />

banks. With regard to <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> IWACO society, involving generally three core banks: La Banque Populaire, BMCI,<br />

and Attijari Wafa Bank.<br />

«Area concentration» system: The Company has a number important distribution center has an interest to<br />

group <strong>the</strong>m in strategic areas <strong>of</strong> recovery. Customers <strong>of</strong> a specific area are invited to send <strong>the</strong>ir payments to<br />

<strong>the</strong> center <strong>of</strong> recovery <strong>of</strong> this area that drop <strong>the</strong>m <strong>of</strong>f at <strong>the</strong> local bank <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. The recovery <strong>of</strong> funds<br />

has accelerated since <strong>the</strong> securities received in each area are generally earned on <strong>the</strong> accounts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> banks<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> region. Surplus funds are transferred from local banks to a Bank <strong>of</strong> centralization.<br />

Area<br />

Concentration<br />

Distributer n°1<br />

Distributer n°2<br />

Distributer n°3<br />

Distributer n°4<br />

Figure n°11: Area <strong>of</strong> Concentration<br />

"Lock-box" system: it is a refinement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> system above where <strong>the</strong> company asks customers to send <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

regulations not to a recovery center, but a box mailing. Each regional bank notes titles several times per day<br />

and credits on <strong>the</strong> behalf <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. Checks are sent to banks related to. At <strong>the</strong> same time <strong>the</strong> company<br />

receives a credit notice and documents reproduction. This system accelerates <strong>the</strong> receipts <strong>of</strong> several days<br />

and releases <strong>the</strong> undertaking <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work <strong>of</strong> handling <strong>of</strong> checks<br />

Page 96 <strong>of</strong> 124


3 ° - The Customer-Loan Control<br />

Control <strong>of</strong> customer credit is an activity that can be separate in practice <strong>of</strong> debt collection operations. The 'balancecustomer'<br />

is <strong>the</strong> essential document. Established for each client allows to control <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> reliance, to<br />

ensure that <strong>the</strong> ceiling is not exceeded. «Schedule <strong>of</strong> customer receivables», meanwhile, resumed each claim a client<br />

and allows its control. This document reveals <strong>the</strong> possible delays to <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> payment. A system <strong>of</strong> "automatic<br />

raises" must be organized in order to combat such delays. Beyond a certain period, or a certain amount <strong>of</strong> debt <strong>the</strong><br />

Treasurer will send individualized reminders, if necessary even it call <strong>the</strong> defaulting debtor.<br />

2.1 - The Organization <strong>of</strong> "credit-client.<br />

A company always has advantage, regardless <strong>of</strong> its size, to arrange a specific 'credit-customer '. Commercial and<br />

financial share responsibility for this activity. It is toge<strong>the</strong>r that <strong>the</strong>y must establish credit limits by customer and by<br />

way <strong>of</strong> regulation. Thus, on <strong>the</strong> one hand <strong>the</strong> commercial service can streamline its business strategy, and on <strong>the</strong><br />

o<strong>the</strong>r hand financial <strong>of</strong>ficer can accurately assess <strong>the</strong> investment in this type <strong>of</strong> need in working capital. This last<br />

point should be noted: a procedure <strong>of</strong> investment demand should be organized in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> a change in <strong>the</strong> terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> settlement with a client.<br />

3 - THE CENTRALISATION OF LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT.<br />

Complementary techniques to streamline <strong>the</strong> procedures for billing and collection, centralization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> management<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>company's</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> appears as a necessity. Indeed, give financial autonomy to each geographic or productive<br />

unit leads to <strong>the</strong> multiplication <strong>of</strong> idle balances, funds transfer and administrative and financial costs.<br />

Decentralization in this field led by leng<strong>the</strong>ning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> circuits and waste time.<br />

It is for this reason that <strong>the</strong> company has adopted a system <strong>of</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> very centralized. A central<br />

bank account is fed daily by transfers <strong>of</strong> all revenue collected (AWB) <strong>the</strong> day before by different accounts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> subcenters<br />

(franchises, wholesalers, agencies, deposits etc.), even if it has an autonomy <strong>of</strong> management. The bank<br />

account <strong>of</strong> each center is thus brought back permanently to zero. To pay local expenses, accounts <strong>of</strong> secondary<br />

centers are in turn fed to <strong>the</strong> nearest penny according to specific needs and payment authorization by Headquarters.<br />

Before addressing this second point, should quickly describe a last method to shorten <strong>the</strong> delays. This company has<br />

daily telephone contact with its bankers. It can thus knowing its position or having received or given such information<br />

guide its action. We meet at <strong>the</strong> present time <strong>of</strong> many cases where <strong>the</strong>re is a permanent link between <strong>the</strong> company<br />

and those <strong>of</strong> its banks - telematics. At any time can <strong>the</strong>refore be obtained a detailed statement <strong>of</strong> operations that<br />

could modify <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position. This is all <strong>the</strong> more useful as many bank accounts. This system permits to remove <strong>the</strong><br />

time elapsing between <strong>the</strong> moment where a <strong>cash</strong> (or disbursement) is done to <strong>the</strong> Bank and its notification to <strong>the</strong><br />

company.<br />

II - THE REASONED SLOWDOWN OF THE SETTLEMENT OF DEBTS.<br />

It is not systematically delay <strong>the</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> debts at <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> tainting <strong>the</strong> reputation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, but <strong>the</strong> dates <strong>of</strong><br />

deadlines in a timely manner.<br />

A - THE RATIONAL ESTABLISHMENT OF DUE DATES.<br />

It is admitted that revenues and expenses are unevenly distributed over time. But rarely <strong>the</strong> chance to compensate<br />

timely disbursements by in<strong>flow</strong>s. Any company is experiencing periods <strong>of</strong> negative <strong>cash</strong> that staffing in <strong>the</strong> best <strong>of</strong><br />

cases by bank credit.<br />

Page 97 <strong>of</strong> 124


These <strong>cash</strong> difficulties due to <strong>the</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> synchronization between <strong>the</strong> revenue and expenditure are accentuated<br />

because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concentration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maturities on a very brief, very <strong>of</strong>ten at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> month. If due date used to<br />

set suppliers coincides with <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> wages and VAT, <strong>the</strong> imbalance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> will be fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

delivered. Two companies <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same kind and <strong>the</strong> same volume <strong>of</strong> activity which must regulate wages and V.A.T.<br />

at month-end will have needs quite different funds as providers deadline lies for one 30, and <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r 10<br />

To reduce <strong>the</strong>se fluctuations in need <strong>of</strong> liquidity, <strong>the</strong> Treasurer <strong>the</strong>refore spread payments. In o<strong>the</strong>r words:<br />

Chooses as <strong>the</strong> settlement date <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> expenditure which he has control <strong>of</strong> execution, a distant date that<br />

outputs mandatory funds (salaries, VAT, taxes, etc.),<br />

And distribute regulations suppliers’ receivables on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> receipts.<br />

The dates <strong>of</strong> settlement <strong>of</strong> suppliers must <strong>the</strong>refore be laid down taking into account o<strong>the</strong>r spending and revenue.<br />

In order to maximize <strong>cash</strong>, debts must be honored at <strong>the</strong>ir maturity date, nei<strong>the</strong>r before nor after. The question<br />

arises whe<strong>the</strong>r one has interest in paying more sooner to take advantage <strong>of</strong> a <strong>cash</strong> discount. It is difficult to give a<br />

general response, practices vary greatly according to <strong>the</strong> various branches <strong>of</strong> activities and situations. However we<br />

describe <strong>the</strong> approach <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> analysis to follow, from a concrete example.<br />

If we supposed that a 2% discount is given if <strong>the</strong> payment is made within 10 days <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> billing or <strong>the</strong> full amount is<br />

due within 30 days. The cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> waiver <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> discount is:<br />

(0.02 / 0.98) x (360 / 20) = 36.73%<br />

The discount, must be that <strong>the</strong> alternative use <strong>of</strong> funds corresponding to <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> debt is paid at a rate<br />

higher than 36% year for <strong>the</strong> duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "onerous" credit (20 days in <strong>the</strong> example). It remains to select <strong>the</strong><br />

instrument <strong>of</strong> payment<br />

B - THE CHOICE OF THE PAYMENT INSTRUMENT.<br />

The retained payment instrument must possess three qualities for <strong>the</strong> company when it’s debtor:<br />

First, allow sprawl <strong>of</strong> payments, i.e. to avoid <strong>the</strong> pointed output and important liquidity, still expensive;<br />

Allow <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> limitation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> formalization <strong>of</strong> outstanding floating ("float"), also expensive;<br />

Finally, enable to remove waste that are idle <strong>cash</strong><br />

Page 98 <strong>of</strong> 124


Pr<strong>of</strong>itability is <strong>the</strong> guarantee <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> credit term. In o<strong>the</strong>r words <strong>the</strong> fundamental financial choices - investments and<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir funding - condition <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

SECTION 1: THE CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY’S LIQUIDITY.<br />

Any personnel responsible for <strong>the</strong> enterprise must be aware <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> implications <strong>of</strong> its activity on <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> company, it belongs to <strong>the</strong> Directorate General <strong>of</strong>:<br />

Promote <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> and controlling its use;<br />

Maintain <strong>the</strong> potential for reconstruction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

I - THE MANAGEMENT OF CASH FLOW.<br />

Cash <strong>flow</strong> that passes through <strong>the</strong> company determines <strong>the</strong> potency <strong>of</strong> man oeuvre <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm to provided,<br />

however, that <strong>the</strong> contractor controls <strong>the</strong> training and assignment.<br />

A - CONTROL OF THE FORMALIZATION OF THE CASH FLOWS.<br />

This control is based on <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> formalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stream as well as knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

effects <strong>of</strong> investment on <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>.<br />

1 - THE CONDITIONS OF FORMALIZATION OF CASH FLOW.<br />

The investment is <strong>the</strong> source <strong>of</strong> revenues for <strong>the</strong> firm. Gold investment decisions are conditioned by:<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds committed in <strong>the</strong> operating cycle.<br />

Changes in <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company<br />

1.1 - The importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds committed in <strong>the</strong> operating cycle.<br />

The company has from its creation <strong>of</strong> a mass <strong>of</strong> capital to finance fixed assets and <strong>the</strong> values <strong>of</strong> working capital<br />

necessary for its operation. The share <strong>of</strong> funds at all times throughout <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm operating cycle limit its<br />

future investment opportunities and <strong>the</strong>refore its future income. This action is exercised through two means has<br />

any case to obtain monetary availabilities:<br />

Self-financing, with one hand,<br />

The foreign financing.<br />

(a) Restrictions on <strong>the</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> savings, i.e. <strong>the</strong> ability to self-finance.<br />

All things being equal elsewhere (production capacity not used in full, and, sufficient demand to absorb production),<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> a period is limited by <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> circulating capital that <strong>the</strong> company can stop. Indeed, this "<strong>cash</strong><br />

constraint" determines <strong>the</strong> importance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> figure <strong>of</strong> business so <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> operation and <strong>the</strong> possibilities <strong>of</strong><br />

self-financing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> coming period. As a result, <strong>the</strong> investment is reduced accordingly. For example, if <strong>the</strong> company<br />

can affect only that 150 to <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> circulating capital, C = 20 + 5 x is <strong>the</strong> function <strong>of</strong> production, <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />

production will be 26 units, and, taking into account <strong>the</strong> income R = 10 x function, <strong>the</strong> maximum <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> allowed<br />

by <strong>the</strong> available working capital fund will be:<br />

If <strong>the</strong> company gave 150 as <strong>the</strong> Capital capacity; we would write <strong>the</strong> function <strong>of</strong> Distribution as followed:<br />

F (D) C = 20 + 5x<br />

Page 99 <strong>of</strong> 124


There we’ll have as a maximum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s Distribution capacity:<br />

Max (D) 150 = 20 + 5x<br />

Where:<br />

X = 26 Unit<br />

And with considering that Revenue takes this form:<br />

R = 10x<br />

The Cash-Flows will be equals to:<br />

CF = R – C = 10x – (20 + 5x)<br />

CF = 110<br />

X = 26 Unit<br />

b) The limitation <strong>of</strong> funding possibilities by external resources.<br />

Usually bankers get to be motivated for business when <strong>the</strong> <strong>company's</strong> situation is under a good working capital fund,<br />

because on <strong>the</strong> one hand it must normally have a healthy <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>, and secondly because it resists <strong>the</strong> best in<br />

adversity. We have seen here inside IWACO that in reality this criterion is seriously flawed and that <strong>the</strong> banker will<br />

always prompt <strong>the</strong> rationale justifications for <strong>the</strong> reimbursement <strong>of</strong> any competition sought by <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>of</strong> a<br />

capital plan and <strong>of</strong> a <strong>cash</strong> plan.<br />

Thus, <strong>the</strong> possibilities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company for having loans depend on its forecasting <strong>cash</strong>. Yet, <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

position also determines its debt capacity.<br />

1.2 - Changes in <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

Investment decisions are influenced by changes in <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> companies. Fears <strong>of</strong> a <strong>cash</strong> crisis, even<br />

temporary, can <strong>of</strong>ten impede investment. However, <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> significant liquidity could lead <strong>the</strong> contractor to<br />

take any opportunity to invest.<br />

(a) The adverse effect.<br />

The adverse effect <strong>of</strong> this relationship has been highlighted in <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial statements that allow<br />

<strong>the</strong> company to analyze its financial situation present or forecast. The main causes <strong>of</strong> imbalance <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> are <strong>the</strong><br />

rigidity <strong>of</strong> selling prices and especially <strong>the</strong> increase in operating expenses.<br />

It would seem that <strong>the</strong>re is a parallel evolution between changes in <strong>the</strong> percentage <strong>of</strong> businesses who believe that<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir <strong>cash</strong> has become more difficult and <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> those who have delayed <strong>the</strong>ir investment expenditures.<br />

Besides <strong>the</strong> essential tool used to improve <strong>the</strong> State <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasuries is precisely slowing spending in fixed assets<br />

(investment orders) and capital circulating (purchases, production costs, staff costs).<br />

Reverse evolution is less clear-cut. Analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. On <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, reveals <strong>the</strong><br />

existence <strong>of</strong> a relationship <strong>of</strong> cause and effect between improvement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and <strong>the</strong> decrease <strong>of</strong> short-term<br />

debt. Also, one may wonder to what extent this reduction in debt does not correspond to an increase in own funds<br />

locked in circulating capital. Anyway <strong>the</strong> favorable effect <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> appearance <strong>of</strong> liquidity on <strong>the</strong> decision to invest is<br />

certain.<br />

Page 100 <strong>of</strong> 124


(b) The Positive Effect.<br />

Swelling <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> usually causes a reflex <strong>of</strong> investment. It may be that <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> liquidity creates from scratch<br />

<strong>the</strong> decision to invest, or allows investments. The contractor may seems to grasp all possible investment<br />

opportunities, once its <strong>cash</strong> situation is evolving favorably.<br />

2 - THE EFFECTS OF INVESTMENT ON THE CASH FLOW.<br />

Any investment is a potential source <strong>of</strong> revenue and pr<strong>of</strong>its that will swell <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> available to <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

2.1 - The effects <strong>of</strong> investment on <strong>the</strong> income <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

The investment increases <strong>the</strong> production capacity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm, and, all o<strong>the</strong>r things being equal, its production and<br />

turnover.<br />

This increase is less proportional because it is always a part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> investment that is intended to cover <strong>the</strong><br />

depreciation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> capital assets. The template 'benefit-cost-volume', or neutral, leads to <strong>the</strong> operating leverage<br />

effect that provides <strong>the</strong> foundations for a policy <strong>of</strong> investment designed not only based on <strong>the</strong> imperative <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability, but also on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> imperative <strong>of</strong> liquidity. You can refine by proposing a neutral to <strong>cash</strong> more<br />

directly linked to <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> position <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

(a) Operational leverage and <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> value.<br />

If we admit <strong>the</strong> three situations <strong>of</strong> IWACO as follows:<br />

The company is fully automated to a higher fixed costs. Thanks to this automation variable costs increase slowly. The<br />

importance <strong>of</strong> overhead costs is that <strong>the</strong> company reached neutral to a higher activity than TENOR and GOCOM.<br />

Figure n°12 : Death-Center <strong>of</strong> Tenor<br />

Figure n°13 : Death-Center <strong>of</strong> Gocom<br />

Page 101 <strong>of</strong> 124


However, once IWACO achieved neutral (dead<br />

center), it sees its <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> increase faster than<br />

those <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r two companies.<br />

(b) Death-point <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and risk <strong>of</strong> insolvency.<br />

Figure n°14 : Death-Center <strong>of</strong> IWACO<br />

All fixed costs <strong>of</strong> a business do not correspond to<br />

outputs <strong>of</strong> Fund; same as a share <strong>of</strong> income may stay<br />

a while in <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> credit-clients. Thus,<br />

depreciation expense are not output cases. The<br />

following chart shows for example that if on <strong>the</strong> total<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fixed costs, 30 000, represent<br />

allocations to amortization <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> neutral is located<br />

at a level <strong>of</strong> production <strong>of</strong> 12 500 units.<br />

Figure n°14 : Death-Center <strong>of</strong> IWACO<br />

Neutral <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> does not replace a <strong>cash</strong> budget but can appreciate <strong>the</strong> risks <strong>of</strong> insolvency arising from <strong>the</strong> operation.<br />

Thus, <strong>the</strong> company would have a volume <strong>of</strong> fixed costs as it would suffer losses in period <strong>of</strong> low activity but would<br />

realize significant benefits during periods <strong>of</strong> high activity where it can be solvent during <strong>the</strong>se losses, as long as <strong>the</strong><br />

outputs «fixed» <strong>cash</strong> are small enough to allow <strong>the</strong> company to cross <strong>the</strong> dead point <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> or as we call it “Dead<br />

Center” or “Neutral”. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> insolvency by neutral <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> indicates a business<br />

conditions to achieve greater benefits (and <strong>the</strong>refore a higher <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>), is automating and increasing its leverage<br />

effect without running <strong>the</strong> danger <strong>of</strong> a <strong>cash</strong> crisis.<br />

Page 102 <strong>of</strong> 124


2.2 - The influence <strong>of</strong> investment on <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s through depreciation.<br />

In <strong>the</strong>ory; <strong>the</strong> depreciation is a privileged tool to finance <strong>the</strong> <strong>company's</strong> expansion. Specifically it is <strong>the</strong> most<br />

important <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two sources <strong>of</strong> self-financing, <strong>the</strong> second being <strong>the</strong> undistributed pr<strong>of</strong>its. Any new investment will<br />

contribute to grow <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> available to <strong>the</strong> company through additional appropriations to depreciation.<br />

(a) Tax depreciation and <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>.<br />

Depreciation is an element <strong>of</strong> taxes’ <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s, and can <strong>the</strong>refore be used to finance investments. However, it can<br />

be shown that <strong>the</strong> practice <strong>of</strong> ‘depreciation” allows <strong>the</strong> company to have a monetary mass replacement <strong>of</strong> technical<br />

capital needs.<br />

Representing an investment <strong>of</strong> price P, in 10 years in a linear fashion, and value depreciable residual zero at <strong>the</strong> end<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tenth year. If revenues are sufficient, <strong>the</strong> available money supply will be:<br />

P/10 during <strong>the</strong> second year, 2P/10 during <strong>the</strong> third…etc., 9/10 for <strong>the</strong> tenth.<br />

These funds may be used for any use in fixed capital or circulating. Everything happens as if <strong>the</strong> company "could<br />

borrow from itself" an amount equal to:<br />

Apart from any consideration <strong>of</strong> updating, <strong>the</strong> money available to <strong>the</strong> firm for 10 years will be:<br />

P/10 + 2 P/10 + 3 P/10 +... + 9 P/10 = 4, 5 P.<br />

Page 103 <strong>of</strong> 124


(b) The improvement <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability is a Cash Generator<br />

Investment should improve <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm and thus <strong>the</strong> liquidity term. The report 'ROI' (return on<br />

investment) reveals <strong>the</strong> cause <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>:<br />

Change to margin, and<br />

Speed <strong>of</strong> investment.<br />

Therefore, <strong>the</strong> equation is written like this:<br />

ROI = ((BENEFIT / TURNOVER) X (TURNOVER / INVESTMENT (ASSETS))<br />

Finally, note that <strong>the</strong> simple growth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> turnover may be beneficial where <strong>the</strong> company can use even temporarily<br />

surplus liquidity on an interim basis at its disposal.<br />

These phenomena occur regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. But in <strong>the</strong> group T-man Holding and like any o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

group <strong>of</strong> companies, <strong>the</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> dividends comes fur<strong>the</strong>r inflate <strong>the</strong> available <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>.<br />

c) Self-Financing in <strong>the</strong> Group <strong>of</strong> Company IWACO / T - MAN HOLDING.<br />

The distribution <strong>of</strong> dividends is a source <strong>of</strong> liquidity at <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> a group. Indeed self-financing <strong>of</strong> a parent<br />

corporation not only his only activity results but also distributions <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>its that its subsidiaries were granted to him.<br />

In a group <strong>of</strong> companies <strong>the</strong>re is a 'facelift' dividends at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> each fiscal year. It may be interesting to 'govern<br />

<strong>the</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> dividends' so that <strong>the</strong> desired sum is <strong>the</strong> place wanted at <strong>the</strong> time.<br />

Once formed, <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> is immediately reinvested in various jobs for a shorter or longer period. Any misallocation<br />

translates into reduced <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability but also by <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong> at more or less short term. It is <strong>the</strong>refore for <strong>the</strong><br />

company to control this "permanent investment's <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>.<br />

B. INVESTMENT OF CASH FLOWS<br />

1. Cash-Treasury and Investment Policies, BU1 and BU2<br />

1.1 The influence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm’s activity on <strong>the</strong> circulated capital<br />

Few companies escape a variation seasonal or cyclical activity. For IWACO, this translates ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>cash</strong> in <strong>the</strong> narrow,<br />

or sometimes by a bloated <strong>cash</strong>. Seeing <strong>the</strong> typology, amount and variations, <strong>the</strong> company with very large annual<br />

variations in <strong>the</strong> activity benefits from effective banking support campaign credits as was explained earlier. Yet, <strong>the</strong><br />

company when it handles <strong>the</strong>se simulated variations, <strong>the</strong>y have interest to study variations in <strong>the</strong> mass <strong>of</strong> circulating<br />

capital to better manage <strong>the</strong>ir financial resources and avoid any difficulty <strong>cash</strong>. Understanding fluctuations in<br />

circulating capital, is to know <strong>the</strong> evolution over time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> elements that make it up. These elements evolve as <strong>the</strong><br />

case may be, ei<strong>the</strong>r according to seasonality <strong>of</strong> activity (as measured by <strong>the</strong> monthly variations <strong>of</strong> turnover), or<br />

depending on <strong>the</strong> seasonality <strong>of</strong> supply (measured by <strong>the</strong> monthly pace <strong>of</strong> purchases).<br />

For that, it is recommended to calculate <strong>the</strong> seasonality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sales and <strong>the</strong> purchase and <strong>the</strong>n assess <strong>the</strong>ir impact<br />

on <strong>the</strong> different components <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> circulating capital. These indices can be calculated as follows:<br />

*The sales seasonality Index:<br />

TSI = [(Turnover x 12 / Annual Turnover)]<br />

*The Purchasing Seasonality Index<br />

PSI = [(Monthly Purchase x 12 / Annual Purchasing)]<br />

Page 104 <strong>of</strong> 124


There are thus two sets <strong>of</strong> 12 monthly indices which can refine <strong>the</strong> accuracy taking <strong>the</strong> average over several<br />

months. The analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir impact on <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> circulating capital will be analyzed for 2016 year. The<br />

company has fixed <strong>the</strong> following conditions for both providers and clients:<br />

‣ Clients: 30% pay in <strong>cash</strong>, 10% at 30 days end <strong>of</strong> month, 60% at 60 days end <strong>of</strong> month.<br />

‣ Suppliers: 50% are paid in 15 days, 33% at 30 days end <strong>of</strong> month and 17% in 45 days end <strong>of</strong> month.<br />

‣ The provisional figures sales and purchases for <strong>the</strong> next 12 months, contained in table 32 below, to<br />

calculate necessary seasonal indices:<br />

Months Jan Feb. Mar. Apr. May Juin Juil. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. TOTAL AVERAGE<br />

Sales<br />

(millions 2,4 1,7 2,45 2,1 2 1,7 2,5 2,15 2,1 2,45 2 2 25,55 2,13<br />

<strong>of</strong> DH)<br />

SIT 13,53 9,58 13,81 11,84 11,27 9,58 14,09 12,12 11,84 13,81 11,27 11,27<br />

Purchase<br />

(million 0 0 15 0 8 8 4 8 11 8 8 8 78 6,5<br />

de DH)<br />

SIP 0,00 0,00 27,69 0,00 14,77 14,77 7,38 14,77 20,31 14,77 14,77 14,77<br />

Table n° 14: Monthly sales and seasonal indices <strong>of</strong> turnover (SIT); Monthly<br />

purchases and Seasonal Indices <strong>of</strong> Purchases (SIP).<br />

We assume that <strong>the</strong> circulating capital consists <strong>of</strong> three elements: credit customer, supplier credit and<br />

stock <strong>of</strong> goods.<br />

Let’s calculate <strong>the</strong> impact <strong>of</strong> seasonal variation <strong>of</strong> activity on <strong>the</strong> 'Credit-clients' (next figure) position:<br />

MONTHS<br />

SIT<br />

PAYMENT<br />

Cash 30 Days 60 Days<br />

TOTAL<br />

INFLOWS<br />

CREDIT BALANCE<br />

ACCUMULATION<br />

Jan. 1,13 0,34 - - - - - - -<br />

Feb 0,8 0,24 0,11 - - - - - -<br />

Mar 1,15 0,35 0,08 0,68 2,25 - -1,10 -1,10 -<br />

Apr 0,99 0,30 0,12 0,48 1,88 - -0,89 -1,99 -<br />

May 0,94 0,28 0,10 0,69 2,01 - -1,07 -3,06 -<br />

Jun 0,8 0,24 0,09 0,59 1,73 - -0,93 -3,99 -<br />

Jul 1,17 0,35 0,08 0,56 2,17 - -1,00 -4,99 -<br />

Aug 1,01 0,30 0,12 0,48 1,91 - -0,90 -5,89 -<br />

Sep 0,99 0,30 0,10 0,70 2,09 - -1,10 -6,99 -<br />

Oct 1,15 0,35 0,10 0,61 2,20 - -1,05 -8,04 -<br />

Nov 0,94 0,28 0,12 0,59 1,93 - -0,99 -9,03 -<br />

Dec 0,94 0,28 0,09 0,69 2,01 - -1,07 -10,09 -<br />

Jan - - 0,09 0,56 - - - - -<br />

Feb - - - 0,56 - - - - -<br />

Table 15: Impact <strong>of</strong> seasonality <strong>of</strong> turnover on <strong>the</strong> balance 'clients '.<br />

Page 105 <strong>of</strong> 124


Let’s calculate <strong>the</strong> impact <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> seasonal variation in <strong>the</strong> supply on <strong>the</strong> «credits-supplier» (next figure)<br />

position:<br />

Months PSI<br />

PAYMENT<br />

Total In<strong>flow</strong>s Credit Balance Accumulation<br />

15 Days 30 Days 45 Days<br />

Jan. 0,00 0,00 - - - - - - -<br />

Feb 0 0,00 0,00 - - - - - -<br />

Mar 2,31 1,16 0,00 0,00 3,47 - -1,16 -1,16 -<br />

Apr 0 0,00 0,76 0,00 0,76 - -0,76 -1,92 -<br />

May 1,23 0,62 0,00 0,39 2,24 - -1,01 -2,93 -<br />

Jun 1,23 0,62 0,41 0,00 2,25 - -1,02 -3,95 -<br />

Jul 0,62 0,31 0,41 0,21 1,55 - -0,93 -4,87 -<br />

Aug 1,23 0,62 0,20 0,21 2,26 - -1,03 -5,90 -<br />

Sep 1,69 0,85 0,41 0,11 3,05 - -1,36 -7,26 -<br />

Oct 1,23 0,62 0,56 0,21 2,61 - -1,38 -8,64 -<br />

Nov 1,23 0,62 0,41 0,29 2,54 - -1,31 -9,95 -<br />

Dec 1,23 0,62 0,41 0,21 2,46 - -1,23 -11,18 -<br />

Jan - - 0,41 0,21 - - - - -<br />

Feb - - - 0,21 - - - - -<br />

Table 16: Impact <strong>of</strong> seasonality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> acts on <strong>the</strong> balance providers.<br />

<br />

Calculate <strong>the</strong> impact <strong>of</strong> seasonal variations in activity and supply on <strong>the</strong> stock <strong>of</strong> goods<br />

Month<br />

Purchases <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Sales <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> month with<br />

month (1)<br />

p.c = 80% (2)<br />

(1) - (2) Starting Stock Accumulated<br />

Jan. 0,00 0,90 -0,90 - -0,90<br />

Feb 0,00 0,64 -0,64 - -1,54<br />

Mar 2,31 0,92 1,39 - -0,15<br />

Apr 0,00 0,79 -0,79 - -0,94<br />

May 1,23 0,75 0,48 - -0,47<br />

Jun 1,23 0,64 0,59 - 0,12<br />

Jul 0,62 0,94 -0,32 - -0,19<br />

Aug 1,23 0,81 0,42 - 0,23<br />

Sep 1,69 0,79 0,90 - 1,13<br />

Oct 1,23 0,92 0,31 - 1,44<br />

Nov 1,23 0,75 0,48 - 1,92<br />

Dec 1,23 0,75 0,48 - 2,39<br />

Table 17: Changes in <strong>the</strong> index <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stock balance.<br />

The fluctuations in <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> stock are <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> changes in <strong>the</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> entries (purchases) and <strong>the</strong> stream<br />

output (sales). Therefore <strong>the</strong> stock balance can be obtained in <strong>the</strong> absence <strong>of</strong> permanent inventory by <strong>the</strong><br />

following calculation:<br />

*p.c: Purchases Capacity<br />

Page 106 <strong>of</strong> 124


S = The starting stock (possibly)<br />

+ Purchases <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> month<br />

- Month expressed at <strong>the</strong> purchase price sales.<br />

Let’s assume that <strong>the</strong> margin is 20% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> selling price.<br />

The next figure summarizes <strong>the</strong>se results and gives <strong>the</strong> forecast evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> capital circulating for <strong>the</strong> year<br />

2016.<br />

Balance Jan. Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Average<br />

Stocks -0,9 -1,54 -0,15 -0,94 -0,47 0,12 -0,19 0,23 1,13 1,44 1,92 2,39 0,25<br />

- - - -<br />

0 0 -1,1 -1,99 -3,06 -3,99 -4,99 -5,89<br />

Clients<br />

6,99 8,04 9,03 10,09<br />

-4,60<br />

- - - -<br />

0 0 -1,16 -1,92 -2,93 -3,95 -4,87 -5,9<br />

Suppliers<br />

7,26 8,64 9,95 11,18<br />

-4,81<br />

Working<br />

Capital<br />

-0,9 -1,54 -0,21 -0,87 -0,34 0,16 -0,07 0,22 0,86 0,84 1 1,3 0,04<br />

Table 18: Monthly Forecast Evolution <strong>of</strong> capital circulating for <strong>the</strong> year 2016.<br />

This next chart, reproduces fluctuations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mass <strong>of</strong> capital circulating in <strong>the</strong> fiscal year 2016.<br />

1,5<br />

1<br />

0,5<br />

0<br />

-0,5<br />

-1<br />

-1,5<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

Seasonal Variation <strong>of</strong> Working<br />

Capital<br />

The average <strong>of</strong> Working<br />

Capital<br />

-2<br />

Figure 15: Seasonal variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital<br />

This presentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> problem <strong>of</strong> circulating capital investment allows a double simulation: first on <strong>the</strong><br />

components <strong>of</strong> circulating capital, <strong>the</strong>n on <strong>the</strong> forecast monthly turnover.<br />

So can we determine <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> funds to invest in capital <strong>flow</strong>ing to cope with expansion. Then, given its own<br />

financial possibilities, those <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> monetary and financial markets, <strong>the</strong> company can determine <strong>the</strong> pace <strong>of</strong> growth<br />

it can assume and <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> inflation that it can bear. Finally, this method <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

circulating capital during <strong>the</strong> operating cycle reveals: on one hand, <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> permanent capital, <strong>the</strong> amount<br />

Page 107 <strong>of</strong> 124


and duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> necessary transitional capital. Indeed, <strong>the</strong> fixed part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> circulating capital must be financed<br />

by stable resources; and <strong>the</strong> variable part requires funding for its duration.<br />

2 – DEFINITION OF THE BU1 AND THE BU2:<br />

Since <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company on <strong>the</strong> market, <strong>the</strong>y used to be distributer <strong>of</strong> one telecommunication operator<br />

that is INWI or WANA CORPORATE earlier. Since <strong>the</strong>n, all type <strong>of</strong> transaction and commercial businesses were related<br />

to this only supplier for two reasons, for being <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r supplier full from having new distributers, and two, <strong>the</strong><br />

contract that has been signed by <strong>the</strong> two part was clear in <strong>the</strong> fact that any distributer <strong>of</strong> WANA CO. has no right to<br />

add an extra supplier to his pocket especially <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

From that time until now, IWACO based all <strong>the</strong>ir investments and pr<strong>of</strong>its on <strong>the</strong> BU1. But <strong>the</strong>n when <strong>the</strong> activity<br />

started to <strong>flow</strong> up a bit, and like any o<strong>the</strong>r company, <strong>the</strong>y decided to add an extra investor or producer to which<br />

<strong>the</strong>y’ll play <strong>the</strong> same role <strong>of</strong> being a distributer that is BU2. These fact ga<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> definition and analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

IWACO’s nature in <strong>the</strong> telecommunication market. To conserve <strong>the</strong> confidentiality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company to its inside<br />

information, <strong>the</strong> BU1 and BU1 will be used as <strong>the</strong> two nick names given to <strong>the</strong> two suppliers.<br />

SECTION 2: EVALUATION OF THE CASH TREASURY’S SITUATION OF THE FIRM:<br />

A. ARBITRATION OF THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY<br />

The company’s investment policy is related to <strong>the</strong> legal conditions that relate <strong>the</strong> whole firm to <strong>the</strong> suppliers. The<br />

fact behind is that each supplier avoids competition through though <strong>the</strong> contracted distributer, for that, <strong>the</strong> decisions<br />

related to <strong>the</strong> investment part are most <strong>of</strong>ten tight or limited to small activities or even more, activities presented in<br />

<strong>the</strong> market under <strong>the</strong> suppliers’ image.<br />

The existence <strong>of</strong> INWI as an <strong>of</strong>ficial supplier and provider was for quite a long time. The only supplier, and <strong>the</strong> over<br />

than 80% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s turnover, that made <strong>the</strong> firm’s life and surviving key <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> market depends on that<br />

supplier. For a different fact and actions, this decision <strong>of</strong> keeping it <strong>the</strong> only one was on <strong>the</strong> best regard <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s financial return and on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r side; reputation on <strong>the</strong> market as <strong>the</strong> third operator.<br />

The company’s financial situation depends on <strong>the</strong> sales that <strong>the</strong> company realizes from selling <strong>the</strong> INWI’s products,<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> High-Tech. products or <strong>the</strong> telecommunication service. In fact, financial situation is represented as <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>cash</strong> treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company that is managed through <strong>the</strong> financial direction or <strong>the</strong> company’s Treasurer. The<br />

following chart will represent <strong>the</strong> form and definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Cash <strong>flow</strong>s inside <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

Table 19: Simulated Treasury’s Cash plan 2016<br />

Page 108 <strong>of</strong> 124


This chart is reserved to make clear <strong>the</strong> composition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s turnover and how it’s formalized. As explained<br />

in <strong>the</strong> previous chapters, <strong>the</strong> company makes pr<strong>of</strong>it from selling high-technologies product and telecommunication<br />

services. Although, this financial equilibrium is <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> a financial study, <strong>the</strong>refore, we’ll work on explaining <strong>the</strong><br />

financial composition <strong>of</strong> this capital:<br />

Used Overdraft<br />

Days<br />

Starting Balance<br />

Turnover<br />

In<strong>flow</strong>s<br />

WANA Commission<br />

Exploitation Charges<br />

INWI Purchases<br />

INWI Purchases : Cash<br />

Final Balance<br />

Interest Amount<br />

Cash Gain<br />

Overdraft : Credit Line<br />

The company contracts loans’ lines from banks or as we call it<br />

<strong>the</strong> overdrafts with which <strong>the</strong>y execute <strong>the</strong>ir activities. As it<br />

was mentioned in <strong>the</strong> previous chapters, this operation <strong>of</strong><br />

buying products from <strong>the</strong> supplier by loans makes <strong>the</strong><br />

company pay extra financial charges on a rate <strong>of</strong> 5.35% <strong>of</strong><br />

interests’ rate, and <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se financial charges is<br />

calculated on <strong>the</strong> Final Balance.<br />

The final balance is calculated on <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong>s minus <strong>the</strong><br />

out<strong>flow</strong>s. The in<strong>flow</strong>s are generally <strong>the</strong> Turnover, WANA<br />

Commissions, and all <strong>the</strong> incomes that <strong>the</strong> company makes<br />

from <strong>the</strong> activity (sales and all…). The out<strong>flow</strong>s are <strong>the</strong><br />

exploitation charges (taxes, added value, salaries, CNSS…),<br />

INWI purchases; which is <strong>the</strong> major part and essential one <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> company’s activity, it allows <strong>the</strong><br />

Company to have 0.5% gained <strong>cash</strong> on <strong>the</strong> paid amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se purchases, o<strong>the</strong>rwise <strong>the</strong> company pays 5.35% <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> amount as financial charges that are interest, and under a credit line (overdraft) <strong>of</strong> 33.000.000 DHS in both<br />

contracted banks <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. Knowing that <strong>the</strong> bank doesn’t work on vacation nor in <strong>the</strong> weekends, which leads<br />

to conclude that <strong>the</strong> company pas sometimes extra charges for <strong>the</strong> unworked days.<br />

The graphical presentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance allows to <strong>the</strong> financial manager to analyze <strong>the</strong> situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft’s<br />

consumption for <strong>the</strong> company. The result is, more <strong>the</strong> company uses <strong>the</strong> overdraft to cover its charges <strong>the</strong> more it<br />

gains financial advantages from banks and vice versa. The disadvantage is when <strong>the</strong> company doesn’t used <strong>the</strong> whole<br />

overdraft during a transaction in a month or less means that <strong>the</strong> company is supporting extra financial charges for<br />

no reason. The thing is, each time <strong>the</strong> company tries to maximize <strong>the</strong> consumption <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft for more than<br />

once in a month, and <strong>the</strong> result is that <strong>the</strong> company realizes more pr<strong>of</strong>it than it could do in normal cases. This<br />

following chart will show us <strong>the</strong> situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s financial <strong>flow</strong>s using <strong>the</strong> company’s bank overdraft.<br />

5 000 000,00 DH<br />

0,00 DH<br />

-5 000 000,00 DH<br />

-10 000 000,00 DH<br />

-15 000 000,00 DH<br />

-20 000 000,00 DH<br />

-25 000 000,00 DH<br />

-30 000 000,00 DH<br />

-35 000 000,00 DH<br />

-40 000 000,00 DH<br />

Figure 16: IWACO'S DAILY BALANCE<br />

Page 109 <strong>of</strong> 124


After many simulations <strong>of</strong> making <strong>the</strong> company consume <strong>the</strong> global overdraft each time, this chart represents <strong>the</strong><br />

final result <strong>of</strong> how <strong>the</strong> company’s financial <strong>flow</strong>s and balance would be like. A full consummation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft,<br />

remembering that <strong>the</strong> company can use <strong>the</strong> overdraft to pay <strong>the</strong> supplier in Cash and <strong>the</strong>n do a sort <strong>of</strong> arbitration<br />

between <strong>the</strong> gained <strong>cash</strong> and <strong>the</strong> financial <strong>flow</strong>s. Still, <strong>the</strong> company has gaps in January, June, July, October,<br />

December, where <strong>the</strong>y can increase <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and INWI purchases. The fact is that <strong>the</strong> company faces new<br />

investment opportunities, but before jumping into ant new business, <strong>the</strong> company has to verify if <strong>the</strong> company<br />

manages its current <strong>cash</strong> treasury or not, and <strong>the</strong> key to do <strong>the</strong> perfect evaluation is by controlling and managing <strong>the</strong><br />

financial charges or <strong>cash</strong> gain ga<strong>the</strong>red from <strong>the</strong> payment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> supplier.<br />

Based on <strong>the</strong> previous table; <strong>the</strong> company’s financial costs’ situation was represented as followed:<br />

Table n°20 : Company’s Fianancial<br />

Costs with BU1<br />

The financial analysis <strong>of</strong> this results shows that <strong>the</strong> company, according to <strong>the</strong> 2016 elaborated simulation, was able<br />

to make an annual financial product up to 3 063 945,03 DHS with 1 190 383,84 DHS <strong>of</strong> financial costs paid as an<br />

interest amount for <strong>the</strong> both <strong>the</strong> contracted banks. Yet, <strong>the</strong> financial challenge for <strong>the</strong> firm is to have <strong>the</strong> biggest part<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> paid amount paid in Cash; which in this case is represented in 66% <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and 34% using <strong>the</strong> overdraft. The<br />

right definition <strong>of</strong> this division is that both are held into <strong>the</strong> same treasury with different rates; <strong>cash</strong> money on 0.5%<br />

financial gain and 5.35% interest rate for <strong>the</strong> overdraft, which leaves <strong>the</strong> company with beneficial margin that allows<br />

it to cover <strong>the</strong> financial charges and make pr<strong>of</strong>it at <strong>the</strong> same time.<br />

The elaborated simulation could take many forms, and all depends on how much <strong>the</strong> company looks for covering <strong>the</strong><br />

financial charges, squeeze <strong>the</strong> overdraft line, use <strong>the</strong> global amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> credit line in o<strong>the</strong>r terms, and make<br />

financial pr<strong>of</strong>it. The goal behind paying in <strong>cash</strong> is so that <strong>the</strong> company could gain 0.5% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> paid amount, but also<br />

it would allow <strong>the</strong> firm to have <strong>the</strong> ability <strong>of</strong> negotiating <strong>the</strong> INWI’s line <strong>of</strong> purchases or <strong>the</strong> “Objective” as we call it<br />

using <strong>the</strong> firm’s terms, and in <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, gain rate points in <strong>the</strong> suppliers’ classification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> distributers.<br />

Bank, firm and financial direction, take <strong>the</strong> responsibility <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> controlling and managing <strong>the</strong> company’s financial<br />

<strong>flow</strong>s, but <strong>the</strong> only obstacle in this game is that <strong>the</strong> company doesn’t get <strong>the</strong> authority over <strong>the</strong> bank’s decision to<br />

increase or decrease <strong>the</strong> overdraft line, so <strong>the</strong> only way to make it happen is to represent at <strong>the</strong> best position <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s Cash-Plan and increase <strong>the</strong> company’s financial image in front <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> banks. Such a decision <strong>of</strong> negotiating<br />

<strong>the</strong> overdraft line, ei<strong>the</strong>r to increase, decrease or to close definitely <strong>the</strong> account is <strong>of</strong>ten related to <strong>the</strong> company’s<br />

realized in<strong>flow</strong>s or out<strong>flow</strong>s; where using <strong>the</strong> in<strong>flow</strong>s is to prove <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> deposits that <strong>the</strong> company realize<br />

inside <strong>the</strong> company’s bank account or <strong>the</strong> out<strong>flow</strong>s to show how <strong>the</strong> company use <strong>the</strong> bank’s overdraft line to pay<br />

<strong>the</strong> charges. All in all, <strong>the</strong> arbitration between <strong>the</strong> lines obliged <strong>the</strong> company to maximize at <strong>the</strong> best <strong>the</strong> consumption<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft line in one hand and on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand to minimize <strong>the</strong> costs that <strong>the</strong> company face or to increase<br />

<strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft during <strong>the</strong> week, month or year in order to show to <strong>the</strong> bank that <strong>the</strong> overdraft <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank<br />

account is not enough to cover all <strong>the</strong> company’s charges.<br />

The company faced a new opportunity <strong>of</strong> investing, and as it’s known, every opportunity <strong>of</strong> investing comes with <strong>the</strong><br />

chances <strong>of</strong> paying double or extra charges, <strong>the</strong> thing that requires for <strong>the</strong> company to elaborate a financial study<br />

before implanting any new financial <strong>flow</strong>s inside <strong>the</strong> company, for that, <strong>the</strong> company added a new treasury<br />

independent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r but based on <strong>the</strong> financial current situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. The new investment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company wouldn’t make <strong>the</strong> company stable financially only, but it could also break <strong>the</strong> trust with banks if <strong>the</strong><br />

Page 110 <strong>of</strong> 124


operation wasn’t beneficial enough for <strong>the</strong> company. As it looks, <strong>the</strong> impact <strong>of</strong> having this new investment inside <strong>the</strong><br />

company wouldn’t let <strong>the</strong> company’s financial <strong>flow</strong>s as <strong>the</strong>y look inside <strong>the</strong> treasury, but <strong>the</strong>y would also change<br />

forma when extra <strong>flow</strong>s are added to <strong>the</strong> account. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> first step to evaluate <strong>the</strong> company’s new<br />

investment chance was to evaluate its treasury, but before doing that, we had to create an independent <strong>cash</strong>treasury<br />

for its own and analyze <strong>the</strong> financial impact <strong>of</strong> it inside <strong>the</strong> firm.<br />

1. Creation <strong>of</strong> a new treasury: BU2’s treasury<br />

The new investment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company will be named as BU2, and in this chapter we will analyze <strong>the</strong> financial situation<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> BU2 treasury <strong>cash</strong> without integrating <strong>the</strong> BU1 (original activity) in it. The following chapter will have <strong>the</strong><br />

important details <strong>of</strong> creating <strong>the</strong> new treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> BU2.<br />

Table n°21: Simulated sales <strong>of</strong> merchandises for BU2<br />

Since BU2 is adding a commercial activity for IWACO, <strong>the</strong> treasury was based on few major variables that would give<br />

<strong>the</strong> certain estimated results in case <strong>the</strong> treasury was stable.<br />

a. Estimated purchases:<br />

Based on <strong>the</strong> company’s financial situation and ability <strong>of</strong> selling, <strong>the</strong> amounts <strong>of</strong> this treasury were generated<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> contracted condition with <strong>the</strong> BU2 supplier for what concerns Quantities, Qualities, Duration,<br />

Delivery and Overdraft line. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> estimated amount were as represented in an estimated<br />

amount between 8.000.000.000 DHS and 15.000.000.000 DHS =.<br />

b. Months:<br />

The months, or <strong>the</strong> deadlines <strong>of</strong> buying products depends usually on <strong>the</strong> contract and negotiated condition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

BU2 supplier, but generally, we based our study on <strong>the</strong> whole month’s average.<br />

c. Amount T.T.C:<br />

This amount isn’t different than <strong>the</strong> one in <strong>the</strong> first point. The difference is that <strong>the</strong> first one’s based on estimated<br />

contracted conditions, and <strong>the</strong> second one concerns <strong>the</strong> personalized amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> product during <strong>the</strong> month,<br />

basically, this one is decided a day before <strong>the</strong> start <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> month less or more.<br />

Page 111 <strong>of</strong> 124


d. Clients’ modalities:<br />

This case concerns <strong>the</strong> condition <strong>of</strong> payment that <strong>the</strong> firm IWACO discuss with its clients in order to have <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong><br />

available before <strong>the</strong> deadline <strong>of</strong> paying <strong>the</strong> BU2 supplier. Also, in order to get <strong>the</strong> attraction <strong>of</strong> clients and to facility<br />

<strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it for <strong>the</strong> firm, <strong>the</strong> payment wasn’t decided in one shot but more like many shots, reserving <strong>the</strong> minimum<br />

amount in <strong>the</strong> short period in order to facility <strong>the</strong> transactions for <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

30% on <strong>the</strong> same day, not more than 24 hours.<br />

10% in ten days in order to reserve to trust with clients and to insure <strong>the</strong> financial liquidity inside <strong>the</strong><br />

firm.<br />

60% and <strong>the</strong> reason behind is to eliminate <strong>the</strong> pressure on <strong>the</strong> clients and in o<strong>the</strong>r hand to insure <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s liquidity on <strong>the</strong> exact date before paying <strong>the</strong> big supplier; BU2 supplier.<br />

e. Beneficial margin:<br />

Like with any supplier, a beneficial margin is reserve for <strong>the</strong> distributers that work on selling <strong>the</strong> mo<strong>the</strong>r company’s<br />

products, and <strong>the</strong> reason behind is that <strong>the</strong> prices are usually different and not similar in order to avoid <strong>the</strong><br />

destruction between supplier and client.<br />

For what is related to <strong>the</strong> supplier’s payment modalities, <strong>the</strong> condition are different but still related to <strong>the</strong> one <strong>of</strong><br />

clients. The following chart will represent <strong>the</strong> conditions contracted with <strong>the</strong> BU2 supplier:<br />

Table n°22: Simulated purchases merchandises for BU2 and <strong>the</strong> financial Gain <strong>of</strong> supplier’s payment<br />

Similar conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> clients but different in terms <strong>of</strong> date and period. The criteria <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se condition are based<br />

on being in earlier date than <strong>the</strong> one contracted with clients, <strong>the</strong> fact that <strong>the</strong> company should have liquidity before<br />

<strong>the</strong> deadlines <strong>of</strong> paying <strong>the</strong> suppliers. Therefore <strong>the</strong> contracted conditions were like following:<br />

a. Amount T.T.C.:<br />

These amounts are generally fixed a month before selling to clients, and so that <strong>the</strong> company could have <strong>the</strong><br />

merchandise a month before <strong>the</strong> day f selling it.<br />

b. Supplier modalities:<br />

The basis <strong>of</strong> restructuring <strong>the</strong> data inside this angle <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operation is so that <strong>the</strong> company could have liquidity<br />

reserved in <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong>-treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

Page 112 <strong>of</strong> 124


50% is paid to <strong>the</strong> supplier 14 days after buying <strong>the</strong> merchandises<br />

33% is paid in 30 days.<br />

17% is paid in a month and two weeks.<br />

c. Financial gain:<br />

The new contracted supplier “BU2”, allows <strong>the</strong> company to collect a financial margin if <strong>the</strong> paid amount were paid<br />

in <strong>cash</strong> also, but this time, <strong>the</strong> gain is 3 types:<br />

1.5% if <strong>the</strong> company paid in <strong>cash</strong> in 14 days after buying <strong>the</strong> products<br />

1% if <strong>the</strong> company paid in case in 33 days after buying<br />

0.5% if <strong>the</strong> company paid in 45 days<br />

The second step after elaborating <strong>the</strong> basic conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, we’re required to elaborate a financial<br />

situation or a plan treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> BU2 activity, and <strong>the</strong> result is as followed:<br />

Table n°23: Cash Treasury Balance <strong>of</strong> BU2<br />

This chart is a sample <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury balance that we could have at <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> elaborating <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> treasury <strong>of</strong> BU2,<br />

and <strong>the</strong> calculation were based on <strong>the</strong> two previous tables. Yet, this final balance should give an approximate image<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company in order to have an idea <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> real estate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s financial estate, <strong>the</strong>refore, <strong>the</strong> following<br />

chart is a graphical presentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> final balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> BU2 treasury in order to evaluate its financial situation<br />

inside <strong>the</strong> company. In <strong>the</strong> next paragraph we’ll work on analyzing <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s new<br />

treasury BU2.<br />

2. Evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm after BU2<br />

Add to <strong>the</strong> elaboration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> final balance, <strong>the</strong> evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s new treasury must be evaluated using<br />

<strong>the</strong> financial charges that <strong>the</strong> company pays for <strong>the</strong> overdraft that allows it to have <strong>the</strong> purchases in first place, and<br />

<strong>the</strong>n resolving <strong>the</strong> difference between <strong>the</strong> financial charges and <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it.<br />

15 000 000,00 DH<br />

10 000 000,00 DH<br />

5 000 000,00 DH<br />

0,00 DH<br />

-5 000 000,00 DH<br />

-10 000 000,00 DH<br />

Figure n°17: Daily Balance <strong>of</strong> BU2<br />

Page 113 <strong>of</strong> 124


The <strong>cash</strong> treasury <strong>of</strong> BU2 shows a strong variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> balance; which refers to <strong>the</strong> stabilization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same<br />

objective that BU2 required for <strong>the</strong> company and to <strong>the</strong> same estimated charges, and also, shows <strong>the</strong> reliance that<br />

exists between <strong>the</strong> company and its supplier. Therefore, for what is <strong>the</strong> financial charges or as called <strong>the</strong> interest<br />

rates, <strong>the</strong> amount was generated as followed:<br />

Table n°24: Treasury’s balance for BU2<br />

This figure represents a sample <strong>of</strong> how <strong>the</strong> interest charges look like on <strong>the</strong> BU2 <strong>cash</strong> treasury, with an amount <strong>of</strong><br />

7 408, 29 DHS <strong>the</strong> company generated a high rate interest for <strong>the</strong> new business.<br />

The major question that we’re supposed to be asking is wi<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> company can support that amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> on<br />

every transaction knowing that <strong>the</strong>y already have o<strong>the</strong>rs on <strong>the</strong> scales interest rate for <strong>the</strong> first activity? Usually, <strong>the</strong><br />

two activities are similar with each one’s effect on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r, which leads to discover <strong>the</strong> effect <strong>of</strong> one treasury on<br />

ano<strong>the</strong>r after merging both in <strong>the</strong> company. Thus, <strong>the</strong> management <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> at this timing would be executed <strong>the</strong><br />

same way it has been done all <strong>the</strong> previous year, but instead <strong>of</strong> controlling one <strong>cash</strong>-policy we’ll manage both, or<br />

make it one big policy with 2 different suppliers; after all, <strong>the</strong> principle has stood <strong>the</strong> same, but <strong>the</strong> only change in<br />

this would be <strong>the</strong> execution <strong>of</strong> this charges on <strong>the</strong> field knowing that instead <strong>of</strong> having one financial cost on <strong>the</strong><br />

operation <strong>of</strong> transaction or o<strong>the</strong>r, we’ll have two, and instead <strong>of</strong> paying two banks we’ll be in front <strong>of</strong> three banks,<br />

but <strong>the</strong> simulation’s major role is to give <strong>the</strong> optimal and rational image <strong>of</strong> perfect treasury that make <strong>the</strong> company<br />

ga<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> both suppliers under <strong>the</strong> same treasury <strong>cash</strong> management without losing <strong>the</strong> financial advantages that<br />

are given on both activities. The next paragraph will clarify more this operation <strong>of</strong> merging and its impact on <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s financial situation.<br />

3. The merging <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two treasuries, BU1 and BU2:<br />

After having <strong>the</strong> first graphic <strong>of</strong> IWACO’s financial situation without merging <strong>the</strong> both treasuries, where we noticed<br />

that <strong>the</strong> company could’ve achieved <strong>the</strong> most optimized situation in which <strong>the</strong>y managed <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft<br />

over <strong>the</strong> whole year 2016 (estimated), this merging, means <strong>the</strong> extra add <strong>of</strong> a new treasury on a new one would have<br />

definitely an effect (positive or negative) on <strong>the</strong> original treasury and on <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft over <strong>the</strong> year.<br />

The merging was by adding <strong>the</strong> new condition <strong>of</strong> BU2 in <strong>the</strong> original treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company with <strong>the</strong> same<br />

company’s financial situation. This operation was done by adding <strong>the</strong> purchases and sales amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company<br />

BU2 supplier to <strong>the</strong> original treasury plan, and <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> evaluation was based on final balance that <strong>the</strong> company<br />

could get from <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> merging. The following graphic is <strong>the</strong> representation <strong>of</strong> this new financial balance<br />

based on <strong>the</strong> merging operation:<br />

Page 114 <strong>of</strong> 124


Figure n°18: Daly Balance <strong>of</strong> IWACO and BU2<br />

5 000 000,00 DH<br />

0,00 DH<br />

-5 000 000,00 DH<br />

-10 000 000,00 DH<br />

-15 000 000,00 DH<br />

-20 000 000,00 DH<br />

-25 000 000,00 DH<br />

-30 000 000,00 DH<br />

-35 000 000,00 DH<br />

-40 000 000,00 DH<br />

-45 000 000,00 DH<br />

-50 000 000,00 DH<br />

As we could see, <strong>the</strong> treasury after having more than 8 months overused <strong>the</strong> overdraft, now <strong>the</strong> company achieved<br />

only two times full use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft, which means that <strong>the</strong> first effect <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> merging operation is <strong>the</strong> extra<br />

space <strong>of</strong> using <strong>cash</strong> or overdraft.<br />

B. CONSEQUENCES OF MERGING THE TWO TREASURIES; BU1 AND BU2<br />

1. Effect <strong>of</strong> synergy<br />

The merging <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two suppliers in <strong>the</strong> same treasury has, indeed impacted <strong>the</strong> company’s financial situation and<br />

<strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong>ir decisions. Although, <strong>the</strong> financial environment on which <strong>the</strong> company appears force <strong>the</strong> it to behave<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> final statement that <strong>the</strong> company presents for <strong>the</strong> high authorities in order to keep a certain balance<br />

outside <strong>the</strong> firm, especially with <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r competitors on <strong>the</strong> market. The high rate on which this<br />

company is active is up to 5.35% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> interest rate, and <strong>the</strong> interests are <strong>the</strong> most valuable charges that <strong>the</strong><br />

company calculates before jumping into any kind <strong>of</strong> business.<br />

The <strong>cash</strong> treasury manager has a first role in <strong>the</strong> control and optimization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial charges. In order to have<br />

an insider equilibrium <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, <strong>the</strong> company’s <strong>of</strong>ten called to make <strong>the</strong> contracted banks <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company<br />

satisfied <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company’s financial situation. In <strong>the</strong> previous chapter, we’ve seen how <strong>the</strong> bank charges are<br />

calculated and how <strong>the</strong>y’re important for <strong>the</strong> bank’s accounts. As a first recall, <strong>the</strong>se charges are maintained in a high<br />

level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> calculations that is divided into two part: <strong>the</strong> first one back to <strong>the</strong> used overdraft; an amount <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> that<br />

<strong>the</strong> bank allows <strong>the</strong> company to use in order to make its casual activities ON and also to maintain <strong>the</strong> security level<br />

<strong>of</strong> staying alive on <strong>the</strong> market, although, <strong>the</strong> company up grade sometime this overdraft in order to expand its activity<br />

or to maintain <strong>the</strong> financial equilibrium inside <strong>the</strong> company with <strong>the</strong> given amount <strong>of</strong> purchases <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first supplier<br />

BU1. The charges <strong>of</strong> this overdraft are established based on a rate <strong>of</strong> 5.35% interest rate, and <strong>the</strong> challenge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s financial administration is to completely use <strong>the</strong> overdraft; in one, hand that allows <strong>the</strong> company to<br />

maintain its pr<strong>of</strong>it from purchases with every transaction, and from <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, more <strong>the</strong> company use totally<br />

<strong>the</strong> overdraft <strong>the</strong> more it guaranty chances <strong>of</strong> negotiating <strong>the</strong> up-grade <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft line. Second level is related<br />

to <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> money; as it’s known for <strong>the</strong> company, one <strong>the</strong> financial policies that give <strong>the</strong> company opportunities to<br />

gain financial advantages is that when <strong>the</strong> company buys from <strong>the</strong> supplier purchases and pay it on <strong>the</strong> due time in<br />

<strong>cash</strong>, it gains 0.5% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> paid amount; means that if <strong>the</strong> company paid 20.000.000 DHS <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong>, 100.000 DHS <strong>of</strong> this<br />

amount stays at <strong>the</strong> company’s treasury, while if <strong>the</strong>y pay it using <strong>the</strong> overdraft, <strong>the</strong> company get to pay 2 972.22<br />

Page 115 <strong>of</strong> 124


DHS and by that we realize that <strong>the</strong> company is able to cover <strong>the</strong> financial charges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft if <strong>the</strong>y get to pay<br />

<strong>the</strong> amount in <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

After merging <strong>the</strong> new treasury with <strong>the</strong> old one, this equilibrium situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company changes its behaviors and<br />

fact; a sort <strong>of</strong> synergy appears when <strong>the</strong> two treasuries ga<strong>the</strong>r one financial policy. The synergy between <strong>the</strong> two<br />

treasuries appears when we re-calculate <strong>the</strong> two financial charges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> both treasuries. The BU1 treasury has a<br />

financial costs <strong>of</strong> almost 1 873 561.19 DHS, although, with <strong>the</strong> integration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> new treasury BU2, this amount will<br />

increase seeing that <strong>the</strong> company will need an extra overdraft line so that <strong>the</strong> company could make transactions. In<br />

fact, <strong>the</strong> extra charges <strong>of</strong> this new supplier will be supported on <strong>the</strong> behalf <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> old activity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company but in<br />

return, a financial gain will be added to <strong>the</strong> company’s account.<br />

2. Global treasury’s issue: <strong>Optimization</strong><br />

The previous chapters explained how <strong>the</strong> company confronts two financial facts in order to make new treasury inside<br />

<strong>the</strong> company active and well managed. Though, this integration <strong>of</strong> each treasury inside <strong>the</strong> company’s financial<br />

treasury requires from <strong>the</strong> company a high level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management in a way that <strong>the</strong> company would manage<br />

both; he banks and suppliers.<br />

IWACO contracts two banks for managing <strong>the</strong> original activity; BU1, two banks to manage <strong>the</strong> company’s <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s<br />

outside and inside bank accounts (<strong>cash</strong> or overdraft). Also, <strong>the</strong> financial gain <strong>the</strong> company realizes from its supplier<br />

should be manage in a way that both <strong>the</strong> banks and <strong>the</strong> supplier stay a financial equilibrium without disturbing <strong>the</strong><br />

company’s financial stability. The following chart explains how <strong>the</strong> company’s situation in front <strong>of</strong> this situation:<br />

Figure n°19: Treasury’s Issue after BU1 and BU2 merged<br />

The company, in order to solve <strong>the</strong> optimization problem <strong>of</strong> treasury, is called to establish a certain financial strategy<br />

that could realize <strong>the</strong> equilibrium inside <strong>the</strong> company. When <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r bank was added to <strong>the</strong> company’s accounts;<br />

a specific account for <strong>the</strong> BU2, extra charges were added for <strong>the</strong> company, and so <strong>the</strong> company has to make an<br />

arbitration between <strong>the</strong> two treasuries.<br />

An extra analysis shows that after comparing <strong>the</strong> two companies’ treasuries, we could notice that with BU2 added;<br />

<strong>the</strong> company was able to realize some extra pr<strong>of</strong>it and have space for more purchases and overdraft lines. Although,<br />

<strong>the</strong> arbitration in this term is based on <strong>the</strong> decision that <strong>the</strong> company will make to compare between <strong>the</strong> purchases<br />

between suppliers BU1 or BU2, and that is how <strong>the</strong> company could optimize its treasury.<br />

Page 116 <strong>of</strong> 124


Regarding <strong>the</strong> previous chapters, and <strong>the</strong> explanations <strong>of</strong> how <strong>the</strong> company could financially optimize its treasury,<br />

such an operation doesn’t fixe a situation without leaving impacts behind. Therefore, <strong>the</strong> next chapter will explain in<br />

details <strong>the</strong> impacts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optimization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> treasury and <strong>the</strong> merging operation.<br />

3. Impacts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> merging BU1 and BU2:<br />

Like any o<strong>the</strong>r company, a financial situation has a negative impact as it has a positive one. In this case, <strong>the</strong> company<br />

faces both impacts and each one with its own way <strong>of</strong> resolving it:<br />

a. Positive Impacts:<br />

Overdrawn <strong>the</strong> company: The addition <strong>of</strong> a new supplier <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company put it a situation <strong>of</strong> full use<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft which is beneficial for <strong>the</strong> company in case <strong>of</strong> up grading <strong>the</strong> overdraft line and it<br />

helps in <strong>the</strong> bank negotiations for extra funds.<br />

Alleviate <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> treasury: A side <strong>the</strong> exhaustion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overdraft, <strong>the</strong> company gets space for having<br />

more purchases transaction with <strong>the</strong> supplier and <strong>the</strong>n more pr<strong>of</strong>it.<br />

Dis-balance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> charges: The increase <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial charges in <strong>the</strong> BU2<br />

account is make on <strong>the</strong> behalf <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> new supplier account BU2 which is called: Synergy<br />

Increase bank charges: Instead <strong>of</strong> creating a new bank account and <strong>the</strong>n support <strong>the</strong> financial<br />

charges, <strong>the</strong> company merge it with <strong>the</strong> old activity and <strong>the</strong>n reduce <strong>the</strong> financial charges<br />

b. Negative Impact:<br />

The balance dependencies: The <strong>cash</strong>’s treasury management requires for <strong>the</strong> company to make a<br />

certain reliance between <strong>the</strong> daily balances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> year, which means, that in one exceptional<br />

situation <strong>of</strong> purchases, <strong>the</strong> company get <strong>the</strong> threat <strong>of</strong> misbalancing <strong>the</strong> whole year balance, and this<br />

dependency is <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> work for <strong>the</strong> company’s effectiveness on <strong>the</strong> field.<br />

<br />

C. RECOMMENDATIONS:<br />

In this chapter, we try to make few suggestions <strong>of</strong> how <strong>the</strong> company could solve <strong>the</strong> negative impacts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> merging<br />

operations <strong>of</strong> BU1 and BU2. The recommendation are as follow:<br />

1. Arbitration between <strong>the</strong> BU1 and <strong>the</strong> BU2 purchases: When <strong>the</strong> company realizes a certain<br />

space for having more and extra purchases chances and increases <strong>the</strong> overdraft line, this<br />

opportunities should be taken as an occasion for arbitrating between <strong>the</strong> BU1buying<br />

products and <strong>the</strong> BU2 ones. Usually, such a decision is taken based on <strong>the</strong> market’s situation;<br />

prices, tendencies, consumption, reputation, value…etc. where <strong>the</strong> company chose <strong>the</strong> one<br />

with <strong>the</strong> most important advantages.<br />

2. Increase <strong>the</strong> BU1 overdraft: The Company can have <strong>the</strong> chance <strong>of</strong> negotiating <strong>the</strong> overdraft<br />

in order to increase it for a higher level. Yet, this step as much as is important, it is impossible<br />

or extremely unreachable, because <strong>the</strong> green light <strong>of</strong> making such a negotiation with <strong>the</strong><br />

banks is limited and related to <strong>the</strong> Board <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company.<br />

3. Negotiate <strong>the</strong> supplier’s overdraft: This decision is basically related to <strong>the</strong> second one, where<br />

<strong>the</strong> company is able to make such a decision only if <strong>the</strong> bank allowed <strong>the</strong>m <strong>the</strong> increase <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

overdraft, but when it is not possible, <strong>the</strong> company could face more dangerous financial<br />

cases and supports extra financial charges that could overdrawn <strong>the</strong> company into a deep<br />

loss.<br />

Page 117 <strong>of</strong> 124


CONCLUSION OF THE SECOND PART:<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> this study was to help <strong>the</strong> company to minimize its charges and maximize its financial gain, based on<br />

<strong>the</strong> financial facts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, adding a new investor <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company or a new supplier changes for <strong>the</strong> company<br />

all <strong>the</strong> financial facts and equilibrium. For that, analyzing <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> treasury <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company refers to <strong>the</strong> fact that<br />

treasury controls all <strong>the</strong> financial <strong>flow</strong>s inside <strong>the</strong> company and outside with banks, <strong>the</strong>refore, any sort <strong>of</strong> optimizing<br />

<strong>the</strong> treasury wouldn’t leave behind an extra effects that could influence negatively or positively <strong>the</strong> company’s <strong>cash</strong><br />

<strong>flow</strong>s.<br />

Page 118 <strong>of</strong> 124


THE CONCLUSION<br />

Page 119 <strong>of</strong> 124


When <strong>the</strong> company is able to predict with certainty its timelines in a way that it corresponds exactly to its forecast<br />

<strong>of</strong> receipts, <strong>the</strong> Treasury management may be optimal. Indeed, <strong>the</strong> costs could be reduced to a minimum since it will<br />

not need to hold liquid assets low performance - <strong>cash</strong>-, or have means <strong>of</strong> long-term financing exceeding those which<br />

are essential - <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund. However, <strong>the</strong> forecasts are in reality, uncertain. Combining with forecasts<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> a probability, managers can estimate <strong>the</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> technical insolvency and deduce a safety margin. This safety<br />

margin is composed <strong>of</strong> a steering wheel <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> and a positive working capital fund. The value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital<br />

Fund and <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> are interdependent. A company that finances all its current assets net <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liabilities by<br />

long-term capital less will need <strong>cash</strong> if it had financed with short-term credit.<br />

The choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> means <strong>of</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> current assets and <strong>the</strong> share <strong>of</strong> liquid to maintain assets are closely linked.<br />

As well as in <strong>the</strong>ory. The volume <strong>of</strong> permanent funds for <strong>the</strong> financing <strong>of</strong> current assets affects <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

company: working capital is <strong>the</strong> expression <strong>of</strong> this liquidity. However, over <strong>the</strong> restraint <strong>of</strong> funds is important and<br />

less <strong>the</strong> deal is pr<strong>of</strong>itable, ceteris paribus. Similarly, more detained <strong>cash</strong> is strong and more <strong>company's</strong> security is<br />

guaranteed, but <strong>the</strong> return on assets is weakened even. The objective <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial manager is <strong>the</strong>refore to define<br />

a balance between liquidity and pr<strong>of</strong>itability.<br />

Also, to increase <strong>the</strong> margin <strong>of</strong> safety <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, it can only increase <strong>the</strong> proportion <strong>of</strong> its <strong>cash</strong>, or extending<br />

<strong>the</strong> maturity <strong>of</strong> its debt. These two actions affect <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. This vision’s resulted in <strong>the</strong> level<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management to find an optimum balance guarantee <strong>of</strong> solvency. Financial balance, on <strong>the</strong> one hand,<br />

between jobs and <strong>the</strong> resources <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Working Capital Fund is <strong>the</strong> essential criterion <strong>of</strong> analysis. Monetary balance,<br />

on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hand, between input and output <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s whose <strong>cash</strong> is <strong>the</strong> warranty.<br />

In fact, <strong>the</strong> problem <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> management arises in o<strong>the</strong>r words. Contrary to common opinion <strong>the</strong> objective <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability does not preclude <strong>the</strong> maintenance <strong>of</strong> liquidity. The optimum lies in <strong>the</strong> joint improving <strong>the</strong> security and<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>it, which represents <strong>the</strong> contents <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> policy's <strong>cash</strong>. Cash policy combines <strong>the</strong> constraints <strong>of</strong> safety and<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>itability by minimizing <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> monetary assets. A company whose <strong>cash</strong> fluctuates continuously slightly<br />

around zero indicates, all o<strong>the</strong>r things being equal, than those responsible:<br />

The good management <strong>of</strong> Cash-Flows<br />

Integrate with efficiency <strong>the</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itable stable funds applied<br />

Evaluate with exactitude <strong>the</strong> needs <strong>of</strong> financing<br />

Best negotiation <strong>of</strong> bank’s conditions<br />

We have shown that without disappearing totally uncertainty receipts and disbursements can be significantly<br />

reduced and is no longer warranted, at any rate, <strong>the</strong> detention <strong>of</strong> a "mattress" <strong>of</strong> liquidity. Knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> behavior<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s that pass through <strong>the</strong> undertaking, i.e. changes in <strong>the</strong> bank balance, is above all a problem <strong>of</strong><br />

information. The search for this information is available to all firms.<br />

The bank loans <strong>of</strong> “Repairs” for urgencies; short term and small amount, correct <strong>the</strong> mistakes taken on <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> predictions related to <strong>the</strong> synchronization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> In<strong>flow</strong>s and Out<strong>flow</strong>s <strong>of</strong> funds. The rational uses <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se loans<br />

need a special attention in a way that <strong>the</strong>y could be adapted to <strong>the</strong> needs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company, in addition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bank account.<br />

Cash policy, moreover, confirms that pr<strong>of</strong>itability is <strong>the</strong> pledge <strong>of</strong> liquidity for a certain due term. The <strong>cash</strong> balance is<br />

unstable. The business daily questioned its solvency. Such small business that hires a framework "too expensive" will<br />

adversely affect its liquidity. Such o<strong>the</strong>r average firm will file its balance sheet for having accepted a too ambitious<br />

contract, in <strong>the</strong> view <strong>of</strong> its possibilities. Such large firm will be absorbed to have exaggerated <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> suppliercredit.<br />

The deadline is daily. We have tried to show that <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> this situation is not only by <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> changes in<br />

<strong>the</strong> bank balance but also monitoring <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operative events for <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong>s:<br />

Page 120 <strong>of</strong> 124


Investment and its financing,<br />

Training and <strong>the</strong> allocation <strong>of</strong> <strong>cash</strong> <strong>flow</strong><br />

Control <strong>the</strong> variation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> currency.<br />

We <strong>the</strong>refore meet <strong>the</strong> objectives <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial function:<br />

Ensure <strong>the</strong> collection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> resources needed for <strong>the</strong> operation and development <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> firm<br />

Control <strong>the</strong> allocation <strong>of</strong> funds and<br />

Results policy<br />

The imperative <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>itability originates from <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> holding capital. Any applied fund, regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> nature,<br />

fixed or circulating involves immobilization <strong>of</strong> funds, own or borrowed for a shorter or longer duration. Thou, any<br />

capital funds has costs: explicit costs whenever <strong>the</strong> company needs to service <strong>the</strong> corresponding capital providers<br />

and opportunity costs to <strong>the</strong> product that <strong>the</strong> company could have made <strong>the</strong> alternative employment. The<br />

entrepreneurial activity <strong>the</strong>refore has meaning only if it earns its jobs sufficient resources to cover its costs. In o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

words, pr<strong>of</strong>itability is <strong>the</strong> condition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liquidity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company. Pr<strong>of</strong>itability and liquidity vary in <strong>the</strong> same<br />

direction.<br />

The detention <strong>of</strong> significant liquidity, not more than a positive working capital, is not a guarantee <strong>of</strong> safety. Being<br />

insolvent means controlling all aspects <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> financial position and results in a simultaneous<br />

maximizing pr<strong>of</strong>itability. Thus <strong>the</strong> optimal <strong>cash</strong> management businesses leads to <strong>the</strong> syn<strong>the</strong>sis <strong>of</strong> all <strong>the</strong> financial<br />

problems facing <strong>the</strong> firm. This global view <strong>of</strong> financial activity leads to a system approach to <strong>cash</strong>.<br />

Page 121 <strong>of</strong> 124


THE BIBLIOGRAPHY<br />

Page 122 <strong>of</strong> 124


BOOKS:<br />

http://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr: Cash <strong>Optimization</strong> <strong>of</strong> Jean-Claude Juhel<br />

“La Finance d’Entreprise”, Company’s Finance <strong>of</strong> BELKAHIA Rachid and OUDAD Hassan<br />

INTERNAL RESOURCES:<br />

<br />

Company’s documents related to <strong>the</strong> financial situation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> company from different departments:<br />

Financial Direction<br />

Accounting<br />

Treasury<br />

Purchases<br />

Logistics<br />

Central Distribution Deposit<br />

Management Control<br />

EXTERNAL RESOURCES:<br />

Telecommunication Market Rapport <strong>of</strong> 2015, 2014 and 2012<br />

ANRT Financial Report <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Telecommunication market<br />

Page 123 <strong>of</strong> 124


Page 124 <strong>of</strong> 124

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!